BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//A-Chalet - ECPv6.17.3.1//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://achalet.com
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for A-Chalet
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Los_Angeles
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20250309T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20251102T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20260308T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20261101T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20270314T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20271107T090000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14045-1790899200-1790899200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-36/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14044-1790899200-1790899200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-24/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:13894-1790899200-1791072000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival
DESCRIPTION:Volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026: Dates\, Duties\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nYou can volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026\, taking place October 2-4\, 2026 in Big Bear Lake. The festival’s main day is Saturday\, October 3 at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center\, 39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, with additional Friday and Sunday experiences at other locations. \nThe festival’s current FAQ specifically encourages volunteering as an option for people who want to participate on a budget and states that volunteers can receive festival tickets at no cost. Prospective volunteers should complete the festival’s current volunteer application or contact the organizers before making travel plans\, because exact assignments\, shift times\, check-in instructions\, and volunteer duties are not published as one universal schedule. \nThe 2026 festival theme is “Speak Your Truth”\, and the weekend includes yoga\, meditation\, movement\, wellness education\, hiking\, live music\, vendors\, and community activities. \nIf you are traveling from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight is especially useful for a volunteer role. Some assignments may require arriving before public programming begins or staying after activities end. An A Chalet cabin gives you a private base where you can rest\, eat\, change clothes\, and prepare for another festival day without adding a long mountain commute. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for Big Bear Yoga Festival weekend. \nBig Bear Yoga Festival Volunteering at a Glance\n\n\n\nOpportunity\nVolunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival\n\n\nFestival dates\nOctober 2-4\, 2026\n\n\nMain festival day\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\n\n\nMain venue\nBig Bear Lake Performing Arts Center & City Hall\n\n\nMain venue address\n39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nFriday venue\nThe Mystic Rose Studios\, 41658 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nSunday activity\nHike\, yoga\, and brunch associated with the festival weekend\n\n\nVolunteer schedule\nVaries by assignment; no single universal volunteer shift schedule is currently published\n\n\nVolunteer benefit\nFestival FAQ states that volunteers can receive festival tickets at no cost\n\n\nRegistration\nAdvance volunteer signup is required or strongly recommended through the festival’s current volunteer application\n\n\nGeneral contact\nbigbearyoga@hotmail.com and current festival contact channels\n\n\nFestival website\nBig Bear Yoga Festival\n\n\nCurrent festival schedule\nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026 Schedule\n\n\n\nWhat Is Volunteering at the Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nVolunteering at the Big Bear Yoga Festival means supporting one of Southern California’s long-running mountain wellness gatherings while helping organizers deliver classes\, activities\, guest experiences\, and festival operations. \nThe Big Bear Yoga Festival is presented as an educational and wellness initiative connected with the LEAFS for Wellness Foundation. The festival’s broader goal is to bring people together around movement\, mindfulness\, wellness education\, music\, nature\, and community. \nFor volunteers\, the experience is different from simply purchasing a ticket and attending classes. You are contributing time and effort to help the event function while also becoming part of the festival community. \nThe current official FAQ makes volunteering particularly relevant for budget-conscious attendees. It says people who cannot easily afford festival admission should consider volunteering and states that volunteers receive festival tickets at no cost. \nThat benefit should not be interpreted as permission to simply arrive and ask to help. Volunteer participation should be arranged with the organizers in advance so they can assign responsibilities and provide instructions. \nWhen Is the Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026?\nThe full festival weekend runs: \nFriday\, October 2 through Sunday\, October 4\, 2026 \nThe main festival day is Saturday\, October 3 at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center. \nCurrent official scheduling includes: \n\nFriday\, October 2: Welcome Gathering at The Mystic Rose Studios\nSaturday\, October 3: Main festival day at the Performing Arts Center\nSunday\, October 4: Hike\, yoga\, and brunch weekend experience\n\nBecause volunteer duties may be tied to setup\, registration\, vendor areas\, activity spaces\, or cleanup\, your individual volunteer schedule may begin earlier or end later than the public-facing event schedule. \nDo not assume that volunteering only means working during Saturday’s public classes. Confirm your exact assignment before making transportation or lodging plans. \nWhere Do Big Bear Yoga Festival Volunteers Report?\nThe festival’s primary 2026 venue is: \nBig Bear Lake Performing Arts Center & City Hall\n39707 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nSaturday registration for festival attendees opens at 8:00 AM at both entrances to the Performing Arts Center\, while classes and guided activities begin at 9:00 AM. \nThat does not establish an 8:00 AM volunteer call time. Some volunteers may need to arrive earlier\, while others may be assigned later shifts. \nFriday’s welcome event is held at: \nThe Mystic Rose Studios\n41658 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nSunday experiences also extend beyond a normal indoor festival format\, so volunteers should pay attention to which day and location their assignment covers. \nWhat Can Volunteers Expect to Do?\nThe festival currently maintains a dedicated volunteer application\, but it does not publish one definitive public list of 2026 duties that applies to every volunteer. \nThat is normal for an event with multiple venues\, classes\, vendors\, teachers\, performers\, registration areas\, and outdoor activities. \nPotential needs at a wellness festival can include guest assistance\, registration support\, room or activity support\, vendor coordination\, setup\, cleanup\, wayfinding\, and general event operations. However\, these should be treated as examples of the kinds of work festivals often require rather than guaranteed Big Bear Yoga Festival assignments. \nYour actual role should come directly from the volunteer coordinator. \nBefore committing\, ask for: \n\nYour volunteer date or dates\nShift start and end times\nCheck-in location\nAssigned responsibilities\nWhether your role is indoors or outdoors\nPhysical requirements\nRequired clothing\nWhether food or breaks are provided\nWhat portion of the festival ticket benefit applies to your assignment\n\nHow Do You Sign Up to Volunteer?\nThe Big Bear Yoga Festival’s official website currently includes a dedicated Volunteer Application link in its applications section. \nThe best approach is to use the current festival website rather than relying only on an older social media post or event listing. \nYou can also contact the festival through the email address published with the volunteer opportunity: \nbigbearyoga@hotmail.com \nThe festival’s current pages also direct visitors to its website and social channels for ways to get involved. \nWhen you reach out\, provide your name\, availability\, preferred days\, relevant experience if applicable\, and whether you are willing to help with setup or cleanup. The organizer can then determine where help is most useful. \nDo Volunteers Get a Free Big Bear Yoga Festival Ticket?\nThe festival’s current FAQ says yes. \nIts budget-related guidance specifically tells prospective attendees to consider volunteering and states that volunteering is a way to contribute to the community while receiving festival tickets at no cost. \nThe public FAQ does not specify how many volunteer hours are required\, which ticket level is provided\, whether every weekend experience is included\, or whether separate paid add-ons are covered. \nFor that reason\, confirm the exact volunteer-for-ticket arrangement before making assumptions about access to Friday\, Saturday\, Sunday\, premium experiences\, retreats\, meals\, or other activities. \nWhat Is Happening at the 2026 Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nThe 2026 festival is themed Vishuddha Chakra: Speak Your Truth and is built around movement\, voice\, wellness\, creativity\, and community. \nCurrent official festival information promotes: \n\nYoga classes\nGuided meditation\nMovement activities\nHealth and wellness lectures\nLive music\nHiking\nVendors\nCreators Village\nCommunity experiences\n\nSaturday’s main festival programming at the Performing Arts Center is currently listed from 9:00 AM to 9:30 PM\, with vendors and Creators Village open from 9:00 AM to 6:00 PM. \nRegistration opens at 8:00 AM. \nFriday’s Welcome Gathering runs from 7:30 PM to 9:30 PM and is described as an easygoing community kickoff with music\, light movement\, and opportunities to connect. \nIs Yoga Experience Required to Volunteer?\nThe festival does not currently publish a universal rule requiring volunteers to have yoga experience. \nIn fact\, the festival itself welcomes a wide range of yoga experience levels\, including beginners. \nSome specialized volunteer roles may benefit from prior event\, yoga\, wellness\, teaching\, or hospitality experience\, but many operational tasks at festivals do not require someone to be an advanced practitioner. \nIf you have useful skills—such as event setup\, guest services\, social media\, photography\, logistics\, first aid\, teaching support\, or vendor coordination—mention them in your volunteer application rather than assuming they are required. \nIs Volunteering Suitable for Teens or Families?\nThe general festival welcomes families\, and current festival information says children 17 and under can attend the main Saturday event free with a paid adult under the festival’s current ticket structure. \nHowever\, that does not mean every volunteer position is open to minors. \nThe festival does not currently publish one universal volunteer minimum age. Parents or guardians should contact the volunteer coordinator before registering a teenager or planning a family volunteer arrangement. \nSome assignments may involve early arrival\, evening hours\, equipment movement\, outdoor exposure\, or responsibilities that are not appropriate for younger participants. \nParking and Transportation for Volunteers\nVisit Big Bear’s current festival listing states that parking is available at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center. \nVolunteers should still follow any separate parking instructions provided by their coordinator because organizers may reserve certain spaces for vendors\, instructors\, accessibility needs\, equipment loading\, or event operations. \nIf you are volunteering Saturday morning\, do not assume you can arrive at the same time as general attendees and still have time to park\, check in\, and begin your assignment. \nYour volunteer call time should determine your arrival. \nAnyone traveling from outside the mountains should also review road and weather conditions before leaving. The festival itself recommends checking current Caltrans information because mountain travel conditions can affect arrival times. \nWhat Should You Bring as a Yoga Festival Volunteer?\nYour volunteer coordinator’s instructions should come first\, but several items are useful for a long festival day in Big Bear Lake. \n\nComfortable shoes\nFlexible\, comfortable clothing\nLayers for changing mountain temperatures\nRefillable water bottle\nSun protection for outdoor assignments\nCharged phone\nAny volunteer confirmation or check-in information\nNotebook and pen if useful for your role\nYoga mat if you expect to participate in classes during your free time\nBlanket or meditation cushion if you plan to join meditation sessions\n\nThe official festival FAQ specifically recommends a yoga mat\, preferred props\, a refillable water bottle\, comfortable clothing\, sunscreen\, a hat\, and layers because October days may be comfortable while evenings can become cool or chilly. \nDo not bring large amounts of equipment for your volunteer assignment unless specifically requested. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Volunteering at the Big Bear Yoga Festival\nFriday: Arrive and Join the Festival Weekend\nArrive in Big Bear Lake early enough to settle into your cabin before the Friday evening program. \nThe Welcome Gathering is currently scheduled from 7:30 PM to 9:30 PM at The Mystic Rose Studios. \nIf your volunteer role begins Saturday morning\, use Friday evening to confirm your assignment details\, set out clothing\, prepare food or snacks\, and organize anything your coordinator has asked you to bring. \nSaturday: Volunteer and Experience the Main Festival\nSaturday is the main festival day at the Performing Arts Center\, with attendee registration opening at 8:00 AM and programming beginning at 9:00 AM. \nYour volunteer shift may overlap only part of the public program\, potentially leaving time to attend yoga\, meditation\, music\, lectures\, or vendor areas depending on the volunteer arrangement you have been given. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for October 2-4 Yoga Festival weekend. \nSaturday Evening: Rest at the Cabin\nThe main Saturday schedule extends into the evening\, so having an overnight base can make a significant difference after a long volunteer shift. \nReturn to your cabin\, prepare food\, shower\, recharge devices\, and give yourself time to recover before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Hike\, Yoga\, and Brunch\nThe festival’s Sunday experience currently includes a hike\, yoga\, and brunch component associated with the Performing Arts Center and outdoor locations. \nIf your volunteer assignment includes Sunday\, confirm where and when to report because the format differs from Saturday’s central festival day. \nIf you are finished volunteering\, Sunday can instead be a chance to enjoy part of the festival as an attendee before heading home. \nWhere to Stay When Volunteering at the Big Bear Yoga Festival\nFor this event\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice because the primary festival venue is on Big Bear Boulevard in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Summit Nest A is currently listed for up to five guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, air conditioning\, washing machine\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, and a setup suitable for children. \nFor a larger volunteer group or family\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and room for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nThose features can be especially useful during a festival volunteer weekend. A kitchen makes it easier to prepare an early breakfast\, laundry helps after long activity days\, and shared living areas give groups somewhere to decompress between shifts. \nCabin inventory\, amenities\, occupancy\, parking policies\, and pet rules can change. Always review the live listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins for Big Bear Yoga Festival volunteering. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Volunteer Shift\nConfirm your volunteer schedule before choosing arrival and departure dates. Festival dates are October 2-4\, but your individual assignment may cover only part of the weekend. \nConsider arriving Friday. This is especially helpful if you receive an early Saturday call time. \nStay in Big Bear Lake. The main venue is the Performing Arts Center at 39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, so Big Bear Lake accommodations are the most relevant. \nChoose a cabin with enough parking for your actual group. Do not assume extra vehicles are permitted beyond the listing’s stated capacity. \nPlan for long days. Saturday programming runs from morning into the evening\, so having space to eat and rest afterward is valuable. \nAsk exactly what your volunteer ticket includes. Free festival access for volunteers is advertised\, but inclusions can depend on the organizer’s volunteer arrangement. \nCheck road conditions before traveling. Big Bear is a mountain destination\, and October weather can vary. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Can I Volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026?\nThe festival takes place October 2-4\, 2026. Volunteer assignments may occur during setup\, the main Saturday event\, Sunday activities\, or other festival operations. Confirm your exact dates and hours with the volunteer coordinator. \nHow Do I Volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nUse the current Volunteer Application available through the Big Bear Yoga Festival website or contact the organizers at bigbearyoga@hotmail.com. \nDo Big Bear Yoga Festival Volunteers Get Free Admission?\nThe current official FAQ states that volunteering is an option for people on a budget and that volunteers can receive festival tickets at no cost. Confirm the required volunteer commitment and exact ticket inclusions when your assignment is accepted. \nWhere Is the Main Festival Venue?\nThe main Saturday event takes place at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center & City Hall\, 39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nDo I Need Yoga Experience to Volunteer?\nNo universal yoga-experience requirement is currently published. Volunteer duties vary\, and many event-support roles may not require advanced yoga experience. \nWhat Should I Bring?\nBring comfortable clothing\, supportive shoes\, layers\, water\, sun protection\, your volunteer instructions\, and any items specifically requested by the coordinator. If you plan to participate in classes during free time\, bring a yoga mat and preferred props. \nWhere Should I Stay When Volunteering at the Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake keeps you near the festival’s primary venue and gives you space to rest\, prepare meals\, and recover between shifts. Confirm your volunteer schedule first\, then choose a cabin that fits your group size and parking needs. \nCheck A Chalet availability for October 2-4\, 2026. \nPlan Your Big Bear Yoga Festival Volunteer Getaway With A Chalet\nChoosing to volunteer at the Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026 offers a different way to experience one of Big Bear Lake’s signature wellness weekends. Instead of only attending classes and activities\, volunteers help support the people\, spaces\, and operations that make the festival possible. \nThe event runs October 2-4\, 2026\, with the main Saturday festival at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center. Current official information confirms a dedicated volunteer program and says volunteers can receive festival tickets at no cost\, but individual duties\, hours\, and benefit details should be confirmed directly with organizers. \nApply in advance\, get your exact shift information\, and plan your travel around the assignment rather than the public schedule alone. \nIf you are coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight A Chalet stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive before your first shift\, prepare for the day in a private cabin\, participate in the festival\, and return somewhere comfortable when your volunteer responsibilities are finished. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026 volunteer getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-7__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:13893-1790899200-1791072000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bear Yoga Festival
DESCRIPTION:Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026 takes place October 2–4\, 2026 in Big Bear Lake. The weekend includes a Friday welcome gathering\, a full Saturday festival at the Performing Arts Center\, and a Sunday hike\, yoga session\, and brunch experience. \nThe main festival day is Saturday\, October 3 at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center\, 39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Registration opens at 8:00 AM\, vendors and Creators Village operate from 9:00 AM to 6:00 PM\, and classes\, guided activities\, and the celebration continue from 9:00 AM until approximately 9:30 PM. \nProgramming spans yoga\, meditation\, movement\, wellness education\, outdoor activities\, music\, vendors\, and creative experiences. The 2026 theme is “Vishuddha Chakra: Speak Your Truth. Move Your Body. Free Your Voice.” \nCurrent ticket options range from individual Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday experiences to a multi-day package. Kids 17 and under attend Saturday free with a paid adult escort and supervision. Visit Big Bear also currently promotes the discount code “Anna” for 10% off; because promotions can change\, confirm that the code applies at checkout before relying on it. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, the festival is much easier as an overnight trip. Staying in an A Chalet cabin lets you arrive before Friday’s welcome gathering\, attend a full Saturday of classes without a same-night drive home\, and stay through Sunday’s wellness activities. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026. \nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026\n\n\nDates\nOctober 2–4\, 2026\n\n\nTheme\nVishuddha Chakra: Speak Your Truth. Move Your Body. Free Your Voice.\n\n\nMain festival day\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\n\n\nMain venue\nBig Bear Lake Performing Arts Center\n\n\nMain venue address\n39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nFriday welcome gathering\nOctober 2\, 7:30 PM-9:30 PM at The Mystic Rose Studios\, 41658 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nSaturday registration\nOpens at 8:00 AM at both entrances to the Performing Arts Center\n\n\nSaturday vendors\n9:00 AM-6:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday classes and celebration\nApproximately 9:00 AM-9:30 PM\n\n\nSunday experience\nHike\, yoga\, and brunch; current ticketing information lists an 11:00 AM start\n\n\nKids\nKids 17 and under attend Saturday free with a paid adult escort and supervision\n\n\nParking\nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Performing Arts Center; festival information also promotes free Village parking and trolley connections\n\n\nCurrent Saturday day ticket\n$149 for Saturday 9:00 AM-5:00 PM only\n\n\nSaturday + After Glow\n$189 for current all-day Saturday access including After Glow and InnerPeace Life Experience\n\n\nWeekend package\n$299 for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday experiences\n\n\nOfficial website\nBig Bear Yoga Festival\n\n\n2026 schedule\nBig Bear Yoga Festival Schedule\n\n\n\nWhat Is Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nBig Bear Yoga Festival is a multi-day wellness gathering that brings together yoga teachers\, musicians\, meditation leaders\, wellness educators\, vendors\, families\, and travelers in the mountain setting of Big Bear Lake. \nThe festival is designed for a wide range of experience levels. Current organizer information specifically welcomes beginners and offers introductory and easier classes alongside options for more experienced practitioners. The 2026 schedule also identifies classes by general intensity\, helping attendees distinguish among easier\, moderate\, and more demanding experiences. \nThe event is operated as an educational initiative of the LEAFS for Wellness Foundation\, a 501(c)(3) organization. The festival’s stated goal is to make movement\, mindfulness\, wellness education\, and community experiences accessible while supporting programs focused on balance\, resilience\, and recovery. \nUnlike a yoga retreat where every guest follows one fixed program\, Big Bear Yoga Festival allows attendees to choose among multiple classes and activities. That makes the weekend useful for people who want to build a personal schedule rather than commit to every session. \nWhen and Where Is Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026?\nThe festival weekend runs from Friday\, October 2 through Sunday\, October 4\, 2026\, with activities in more than one Big Bear Lake location. \nFriday\, October 2\nThe weekend begins with a Welcome Gathering from 7:30 PM to 9:30 PM at: \nThe Mystic Rose Studios\n41658 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Friday event is designed as a relaxed community kickoff with music\, movement\, wellness activities\, and opportunities to meet other attendees before the main festival day. \nSaturday\, October 3\nThe main festival is held at: \nBig Bear Lake Performing Arts Center\n39707 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nRegistration opens at 8:00 AM. Vendors and Creators Village are scheduled from 9:00 AM to 6:00 PM\, while classes\, guided activities\, and celebration programming run from approximately 9:00 AM to 9:30 PM. \nSunday\, October 4\nThe weekend continues with a special hike\, yoga\, and brunch experience. Current festival materials associate Sunday programming with the Performing Arts Center area\, while the live ticketing page states that specific location details will be provided after purchase. \nThe current Sunday add-on ticket lists an 11:00 AM start. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nThe 2026 program is broader than a sequence of traditional yoga classes. The festival combines movement\, wellness education\, nature\, music\, meditation\, creativity\, and social activities. \nCurrent 2026 programming includes: \n\nYoga classes for multiple experience levels\nGuided meditation\nForest bathing and nature-based meditation\nMovement classes\nHealth and wellness lectures\nLive music\nVocal and expressive workshops\nOutdoor activities\nVendor Village\nCreators Village\nChildren’s classes and creative activities\nSaturday evening celebration programming\nSunday hike\, yoga\, and brunch\n\nOne example from the current Saturday schedule is a forest-bathing nature meditation led by the Big Bear Retreat Center. Another session focuses on vocal activation\, while the indoor schedule includes mixed-level Vinyasa and other movement offerings. \nBecause several activities may occur at the same time\, review the live schedule before the festival and identify your highest-priority sessions rather than trying to attend everything. \nWhat Happens on Friday Night?\nThe Friday Welcome Gathering runs from 7:30 PM to 9:30 PM on October 2 at The Mystic Rose Studios. \nThe festival describes it as an easygoing start to the weekend built around community\, sound\, movement\, storytelling\, and connection. \nCurrent ticket information mentions elements such as an Indigenous Women’s Song Circle\, sound-based wellness experiences\, drum healing\, and ecstatic dance moments. \nThe Friday event currently has its own $59 ticket and is also included in the full weekend package. \nBecause Friday is separate from Saturday’s Performing Arts Center program\, visitors attending the entire weekend should note that the venue changes between the two days. \nWhat Is the Saturday Festival Schedule?\nSaturday\, October 3 is the centerpiece of Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026. \nThe broad timing is: \n\n8:00 AM: Registration opens\n9:00 AM-6:00 PM: Vendors open\n9:00 AM-6:00 PM: Creators Village open\n9:00 AM onward: Yoga\, meditation\, guided activities\, lectures\, music\, and other sessions\nEvening: Celebration and After Glow programming for applicable ticket holders\nApproximately 9:30 PM: Current festival schedule’s end of Saturday programming\n\nThe official schedule begins with a 9:00 AM opening ceremony at the Theater Stage and includes simultaneous indoor and outdoor experiences. \nBecause individual class capacities\, locations\, and physical demands can differ\, use the official schedule rather than selecting sessions only by title. \nWhat Is After Glow?\nAfter Glow is the Saturday evening portion of the festival and is included with certain ticket tiers rather than the basic daytime-only pass. \nThe organizer describes the evening as a movement and music-focused celebration featuring yoga\, dance\, sound\, and other immersive wellness experiences. \nIf staying for the evening is important to you\, choose a ticket that specifically includes After Glow. The currently listed $149 Saturday daytime ticket does not include it\, while the current $189 Saturday Festival + After Glow ticket does. \nCheck the ticket description carefully before purchasing because ticket tiers have changed as earlier discounted allotments sold out. \nHow Much Are Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026 Tickets?\nCurrent ticket prices vary depending on how much of the weekend you want to attend. \n\n\n\nCurrent ticket option\nPublished price\nIncludes\n\n\nFriday Welcome Gathering\n$59\nFriday 7:30 PM-9:30 PM experience\n\n\nSaturday Day Festival\n$149\nSaturday access from 9:00 AM-5:00 PM; does not include After Glow or InnerPeace Life Experience\n\n\nSaturday Festival + After Glow\n$189\nSaturday all-day access\, After Glow\, and InnerPeace Life Experience\n\n\nSunday Hike\, Yoga & Picnic Brunch Add-On\n$129\nSunday 11:00 AM hike\, yoga\, and brunch experience\n\n\nFriday + Saturday + Sunday Package\n$299\nFriday welcome event\, Saturday festival and After Glow\, InnerPeace Life Experience\, and Sunday hike\, yoga\, and brunch\n\n\nKids 17 and Under\nFree\nSaturday festival with paid adult escort and supervision\n\n\nFamily Pass\n$319\nFour adult Saturday tickets; current listing includes After Glow and InnerPeace Life Experience\n\n\n\nThe live ticketing page states that tickets are generally nonrefundable but transferable. Some ticket categories also have limited quantities. \nVisit Big Bear currently advertises the promotional code “Anna” for 10% off. Confirm that the discount remains valid and applies to your chosen ticket before completing payment. \nCheck current Big Bear Yoga Festival ticket options. \nIs Big Bear Yoga Festival Good for Beginners?\nYes. The festival specifically encourages people who are new to yoga to attend. \nThe organizer says there are beginning\, easy\, and introductory classes\, while more experienced practitioners can choose sessions that deepen their existing practice. \nThe current schedule also uses accessibility and exertion information to help visitors understand what different activities involve. \nThat makes the festival a practical choice for couples or friend groups whose yoga experience varies. One person can choose a more demanding class while another attends meditation\, a lecture\, a creative session\, or an easier movement class. \nIs Big Bear Yoga Festival Family-Friendly?\nYes. The current 2026 children’s information states that kids 17 and under attend Saturday free with a paid adult escort and supervision. \nThe festival has a children’s schedule and a Creators Village with activities such as arts and crafts and collaborative creative projects. \nA Parent’s Co-op is also being offered in 2026. Families interested in that option must sign up in advance and can contact Maya at 909-488-8817 for information. \nParents should note that free children’s attendance applies to Saturday according to the current ticket page. Do not assume Friday or Sunday paid experiences automatically include children unless the ticket terms specifically say so. \nWhat Accessibility Information Is Available?\nThe festival publishes accessibility indicators to help visitors evaluate individual classes and activities. \nCurrent descriptions include: \n\nWheelchair Accessible: sessions on smooth\, solid flooring\nOutdoor Accessible Spaces: outdoor sessions with surfaces such as gravel\, carpet\, dirt\, or asphalt\nSteep Incline: sessions located above an incline\nLong Distance: activities located farther from facilities\nHikes + Yoga: sessions involving outdoor walking or hiking with moderate to demanding activity\n\nIf mobility or another accessibility requirement is important to you\, review the specific sessions you want to attend rather than assuming every part of the festival has the same access conditions. \nParking and Transportation\nVisit Big Bear’s event page states that parking is available at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center. \nThe festival also promotes free parking in The Village at 630 Knickerbocker Road with public trolley connections between The Village and the festival area. \nBecause parking arrangements and transit service can change\, check current festival transportation instructions close to October 2. \nAnyone attending the Friday event should remember that it is held at The Mystic Rose Studios rather than the Performing Arts Center. \nThe festival also recommends checking current road conditions before traveling to or from Big Bear Lake\, particularly because mountain traffic and weather can affect arrival times. \nWhat Should You Bring to Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nThe organizer recommends preparing for both movement classes and variable October mountain weather. \n\nYour yoga mat\nAny yoga props you prefer\nA blanket or meditation cushion\nComfortable clothing that allows free movement\nSlip-on shoes\nA refillable water bottle\nNotebook and pen\nHat and sunscreen\nWarm layers for cooler evenings\nYour ticket confirmation\nAny personal medications or accessibility equipment you need\n\nOctober days in Big Bear can feel comfortable while evenings become much cooler. Since parts of the festival take place outside\, plan for temperature changes rather than dressing only for indoor yoga classes. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Big Bear Yoga Festival\nFriday: Check In and Join the Welcome Gathering\nArrive in Big Bear Lake Friday afternoon\, settle into your cabin\, eat an early dinner\, and head to The Mystic Rose Studios for the 7:30 PM welcome gathering. \nStarting the trip on Friday allows you to ease into the festival rather than beginning Saturday with an early drive up the mountain. \nSaturday Morning: Register and Build Your Own Schedule\nHave breakfast at your cabin and arrive at the Performing Arts Center before your first planned class. \nRegistration opens at 8:00 AM\, and the scheduled program begins around 9:00 AM. \nChoose a few priority sessions in advance\, but leave some flexibility for Vendor Village\, Creators Village\, music\, or spontaneous activities. \nSaturday Afternoon and Evening: Pace Yourself\nA festival day stretching from morning into the evening can be tiring\, especially if you choose physically demanding classes. \nTake breaks\, drink water\, eat appropriately\, and avoid scheduling intense sessions back-to-back simply because they are available. \nIf your ticket includes After Glow\, plan enough energy for the evening celebration rather than exhausting yourself before dinner. \nCheck A Chalet availability for October 2–4. \nSunday: Hike\, Yoga\, and Brunch\nVisitors with a Sunday ticket can end the weekend with the special hike\, yoga\, and brunch experience currently scheduled for 11:00 AM. \nThe live ticket page says detailed location information is provided after purchase\, so use your ticket confirmation rather than assuming the entire Sunday program stays directly beside the Performing Arts Center. \nAfter brunch\, return to your cabin if your booking schedule allows or begin a relaxed trip home. \nWhere to Stay for Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026\nBecause the festival’s primary venues are in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most natural lodging choice. Big Bear City can also work well if a particular cabin better suits your group. \nFor a smaller wellness getaway\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear Lake for up to four guests\, with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its current listing verifies a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, and suitability for children. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, game room\, Wi-Fi\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA kitchen can be particularly useful during a wellness-focused weekend because guests can prepare breakfast before morning sessions\, keep preferred snacks on hand\, and return to the cabin for a quieter meal after a full day of programming. \nShared living space can also help a group unwind between classes without needing to spend the entire weekend in public venues. \nAlways check the current property listing before booking to verify occupancy\, parking\, pet policies\, amenities\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026. \nTips for Booking a Big Bear Yoga Festival Weekend Cabin\nArrive Friday. If you want to attend the welcome gathering\, a Friday check-in keeps the weekend from starting with a rushed evening drive. \nStay through Sunday if you are buying the weekend package. The Sunday hike\, yoga\, and brunch experience is part of the full three-day program. \nChoose a cabin that fits your morning routine. A verified kitchen can make early breakfasts and snacks easier before festival sessions. \nCheck parking limits. Friend groups sometimes arrive in separate vehicles\, so confirm the number of cars allowed at the property. \nReview checkout timing. Sunday’s special experience begins at 11:00 AM\, which may overlap with a rental’s checkout schedule. Plan accordingly. \nBring recovery time into the itinerary. You do not have to fill every available class slot. A cabin gives you somewhere comfortable to recharge between activities. \nRecheck ticket details before purchase. Prices and remaining ticket tiers may change as the festival approaches. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026?\nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026 runs October 2–4\, 2026. Friday features a welcome gathering\, Saturday is the main festival day\, and Sunday includes a hike\, yoga\, and brunch experience. \nWhere Is the Main Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nThe main Saturday festival is at the Big Bear Lake Performing Arts Center\, 39707 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Friday’s welcome event is at The Mystic Rose Studios. \nWhat Time Does the Festival Start Saturday?\nRegistration opens at 8:00 AM. Vendors\, Creators Village\, classes\, and activities begin around 9:00 AM\, with programming continuing into the evening. \nHow Much Are Big Bear Yoga Festival Tickets?\nCurrent options include a $149 Saturday daytime ticket\, $189 Saturday ticket with After Glow\, $129 Sunday hike/yoga/brunch add-on\, $59 Friday welcome ticket\, and $299 three-day package. Check the live ticket page because pricing and availability can change. \nAre Kids Free?\nYes. Current 2026 festival information states that kids 17 and under attend Saturday free with a paid adult escort and supervision. \nDo Beginners Need Yoga Experience?\nNo. The festival welcomes beginners and offers introductory and easier classes as well as more challenging choices for experienced practitioners. \nWhere Should I Stay for Big Bear Yoga Festival?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient choice for the main festival venues. Big Bear City is also practical if the property better suits your group size or preferred amenities. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the October 2–4 festival weekend. \nPlan Your Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nBig Bear Yoga Festival 2026 offers three days of movement\, mindfulness\, music\, wellness education\, nature\, creativity\, and community in Big Bear Lake from October 2 through October 4. \nThe weekend begins with Friday night’s welcome gathering\, expands into a full Saturday of yoga\, meditation\, vendors\, creative experiences\, outdoor sessions\, and evening celebration\, and concludes with Sunday’s hike\, yoga\, and brunch. \nWith programming spread across three days and some activities continuing well into Saturday evening\, staying overnight makes the festival much easier to enjoy. Rather than commuting in and out of the mountains\, you can arrive Friday\, build your own Saturday schedule\, return to a comfortable cabin after the evening program\, and wake up locally for Sunday’s final experience. \nA Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and groups looking for a local base throughout the festival weekend. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear Yoga Festival 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-8__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T130000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:14046-1790942400-1790946000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-19/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215632Z
CREATED:20261016T215632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215632Z
UID:14050-1790953200-1790971200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market
DESCRIPTION:Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026: Dates\, Hours\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 is a Friday market at Ski Beach Park featuring produce from local and regional farms\, prepared foods\, hot food vendors\, and artisan products. The market’s own website currently advertises Friday fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM and describes the event as a lakeside gathering of produce\, food\, and artisans from the San Bernardino Mountains and surrounding region. \nFor travelers planning the remainder of the 2026 season\, Visit Big Bear currently lists upcoming Friday markets on September 11\, September 18\, September 25\, October 2\, October 9\, October 16\, and October 23. The venue is Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake.  \nThere is a small inconsistency in the published information: the market’s own site says “Fridays through October 24\,” while October 24\, 2026 falls on a Saturday. Visit Big Bear’s active calendar lists Friday\, October 23 as the final upcoming 2026 market date. The Visit Big Bear page also displays a 4:00-7:00 PM structured time in one place while its event description and the market’s own website state 3:00-8:00 PM. Visitors should verify the hours before making a time-sensitive trip.  \nFor cabin guests\, the market can be a useful first stop on a Big Bear weekend: shop for produce and artisan foods\, pick up something hot for dinner\, and then return to a nearby cabin rather than treating the market as a standalone day trip. A Chalet offers Big Bear-area vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays during the seasonal market run\n\n\nRemaining confirmed calendar dates\nSeptember 11\, 18\, 25; October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026\n\n\nPublished fall hours\n3:00 PM-8:00 PM on the market’s official website; Visit Big Bear also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM header\, so confirm before visiting\n\n\nVenue\nSki Beach Park\n\n\nAddress\nApproximately 41216-41220 Park Ave.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nWhat you’ll find\nProduce\, artisan foods\, hot food vendors\, and local/regional makers\n\n\nParking\nParking is listed as available at Ski Beach Park\n\n\nAdmission\nNo general admission fee is published on the current event information reviewed\n\n\nPhone\n909-547-4574\n\n\nOfficial website\nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is a seasonal Friday market held beside the lake at Ski Beach Park. Its focus is a mix of fresh food\, prepared food\, and locally or regionally produced goods rather than a conventional retail fair. \nThe market’s official website describes its vendor mix as including local produce\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. It also states that participating farms are certified by the Department of Agriculture and describes the produce offered through the market as pesticide-free.  \nThe lakeside setting is another distinguishing feature. The market says it works with Bear Valley Parks and Recreation to create a Friday evening experience directly by the lake\, making it easy to combine shopping with the rest of a Big Bear outing.  \nVisitors should expect vendor selections to vary from week to week. The current official pages do not publish a fixed list guaranteeing that a particular farm\, dish\, product\, or artisan will appear on every remaining date. \nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar lists the remaining Friday dates as: \n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nOctober 2\, 2026\nOctober 9\, 2026\nOctober 16\, 2026\nOctober 23\, 2026\n\nVisit Big Bear’s live calendar repeatedly identifies October 23 as the final scheduled Friday occurrence.  \nThe market’s own website currently says “Fridays through October 24”. Because October 24 falls on a Saturday in 2026\, travelers should use Friday\, October 23 as the final calendar-listed date unless the organizer announces a separate October 24 session.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s official website currently advertises fall hours from 3:00 PM to 8:00 PM. The detailed description on Visit Big Bear also states 3:00 PM-8:00 PM.  \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s structured event header currently shows 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Because these two times appear on the same current event listing\, visitors should verify the operating hours with the organizer before planning around the first or last hour of the market.  \nIf you simply want a practical arrival strategy\, the middle portion of the published window avoids relying on either disputed edge. Arriving during the late afternoon also gives you time to browse before evening plans. \nWhere Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the event at 41216 Park Ave.\, while the market’s official website displays 41220 Park Ave. These addresses refer to the same immediate Ski Beach Park area\, but visitors should navigate to the park rather than relying solely on a street number.  \nThe market’s own contact information lists: \nBig Bear Lake Farmers Market\nSki Beach Park\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-547-4574 \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at the Farmers Market?\nThe current market information highlights three main categories: farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors. \nFor cabin guests\, that mix can be especially useful. You may find ingredients to take back for a cabin meal\, prepared foods to eat during the market\, or packaged artisan products to enjoy later in the weekend. \nThe official website says participating farms bring produce from the San Bernardino region and beyond\, while artisan food vendors offer products designed to be enjoyed either at the market or at home. Hot food vendors provide additional ready-to-eat options during the Friday market.  \nThe market does not currently publish a guaranteed vendor roster for every Friday\, so avoid planning a trip around one specific product unless you have confirmed that vendor’s attendance directly. \nDoes the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Require Tickets?\nNo general admission ticket or entrance price is published on the current market website or Visit Big Bear event information reviewed for this guide. \nVisitors should still bring an appropriate payment method for purchases from individual vendors. The current official pages do not guarantee that every vendor accepts the same forms of payment\, so having more than one payment option can be useful. \nIf a special activity or future market date introduces separate admission\, check the official Big Bear Lake Farmers Market website before visiting. \nWhere Do You Park for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nVisit Big Bear specifically states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park.  \nNo current event-wide shuttle program or separate reservation system for parking is published. Follow posted signs\, use designated spaces\, and avoid parking where restrictions prohibit it. \nBecause Friday markets can draw both shoppers and other park users\, allowing a little extra time to park is sensible\, particularly if you plan to arrive during the busier early-evening period. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThe market does not publish a required packing list\, but a few practical items can make shopping easier: \n\nReusable shopping bags or totes\nA cooler or insulated bag if purchasing temperature-sensitive foods\nWater\nSun protection for earlier afternoon visits\nA light layer as temperatures cool toward evening\nMore than one payment option\n\nIf you’re shopping for a cabin meal\, decide what you need before visiting so you can combine market purchases with anything else required for dinner. \nIs the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market Family-Friendly?\nThe current event information does not publish an age restriction. The setting at Ski Beach Park and the mix of food\, shopping\, and lakeside atmosphere make it an easy event to incorporate into a family afternoon. \nFamilies with younger children should remember that this is an active public market rather than a dedicated children’s program. Keep children supervised around vendor areas\, parking areas\, and the lakeside environment. \nDetailed accessibility information is not published on the current event listing reviewed\, so visitors who need specific accommodations should contact the organizer at 909-547-4574 before traveling. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nFriday: Arrive\, Shop\, and Settle Into Your Cabin\nFriday is a natural arrival day for a Big Bear weekend. Reach the mountains in the afternoon\, visit Ski Beach Park\, browse the market\, and pick up food or ingredients before checking into your cabin. \nIf your rental has the kitchen facilities you need\, market shopping can become part of dinner rather than simply another sightseeing stop. Verify the kitchen and cooking amenities on your particular rental listing before building your meal plan around them. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for a Big Bear Farmers Market weekend. \nSaturday: Spend a Full Day in Big Bear\nWith the farmers market handled on Friday\, Saturday can be dedicated to the main activity that brought you to Big Bear. Depending on current conditions and the season\, visitors might spend time around the lake\, explore an appropriate hiking trail\, visit The Village\, or choose another scheduled local attraction. \nCheck operating schedules and weather before making firm plans\, especially during the later October market dates when mountain conditions can change quickly. \nSunday: Slow Down Before Heading Home\nUse Sunday for breakfast at the cabin and one final local activity before departure. A two-night itinerary makes the Friday market feel like part of the trip rather than something you need to squeeze into a same-day mountain drive. \nWhere to Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market\nBecause the market takes place at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake itself is the most straightforward lodging area. Big Bear City can also work as a base for a broader valley weekend. \nA Chalet currently maintains a collection of Big Bear cabins ranging from smaller accommodations to larger properties suitable for groups. Its published chalet collection includes options such as Chip O Wood\, Stargazer\, Pendleton Pines\, Big Blue\, and larger properties such as Summit Ridge.  \nThe current A Chalet page groups properties into one-bedroom\, two-to-three-bedroom\, and four-to-six-bedroom categories\, giving couples\, families\, and larger groups several sizes to compare.  \nIf your market plans include cooking with produce or artisan ingredients\, review the current individual cabin listing to make sure it has the kitchen setup you need. The same applies to parking\, pet policies\, laundry\, outdoor spaces\, and other amenities; these features vary by property and should be verified before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Farmers Market Weekend Cabin\nPlan around a Friday arrival. The market operates on Fridays\, so it fits naturally into the start of a weekend stay. \nVerify the market hours. Current sources conflict between 3:00-8:00 PM and 4:00-7:00 PM\, so confirm if you intend to arrive particularly early or late. \nUse October 23 as the final currently calendar-listed Friday. Although the market website references October 24\, Visit Big Bear’s active 2026 calendar ends on Friday\, October 23. \nChoose a cabin based on how you’ll use your purchases. If you’re buying ingredients to cook\, verify the current kitchen amenities before booking. \nCheck parking capacity at your cabin. Groups traveling in multiple cars should confirm the number of permitted vehicles. \nGive yourself a second day in Big Bear. The market works best as one piece of a mountain weekend rather than the sole activity. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market in 2026?\nThe market runs on Fridays. As of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists remaining dates on September 11\, 18\, and 25\, plus October 2\, 9\, 16\, and 23\, 2026.  \nWhat Time Is the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market’s own website currently says fall hours are 3:00 PM-8:00 PM. Visit Big Bear repeats that schedule in the event description but also displays a conflicting 4:00 PM-7:00 PM time in its header. Confirm with the organizer if your visit depends on the first or last hour.  \nWhere Is the Farmers Market?\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market is held at Ski Beach Park in Big Bear Lake\, in the 41216-41220 Park Ave. area.  \nWhat Vendors Are at the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nThe market advertises local and regional farms\, artisan food producers\, and hot food vendors. The specific vendor mix can vary by date.  \nIs There Parking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Ski Beach Park. Follow posted parking restrictions when you arrive.  \nDo I Need a Ticket?\nNo general admission requirement is currently published on the official event information reviewed. Individual purchases from market vendors are separate. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market?\nBig Bear Lake is the most convenient general lodging area for an event at Ski Beach Park\, while Big Bear City can also work for a wider valley itinerary. A Chalet offers cabins in the Big Bear area for different group sizes.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your market weekend. \nPlan Your Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026 gives Friday visitors an easy way to experience the local food scene beside Big Bear Lake. At Ski Beach Park\, shoppers can browse farm produce\, artisan foods\, and hot food vendors before continuing with the rest of their mountain weekend.  \nAs of September 10\, the active Visit Big Bear calendar shows seven remaining Friday markets through October 23\, 2026. Because current sources contain conflicting closing dates and hours\, check the organizer’s latest information before making a trip that depends on arriving at opening or near closing time.  \nFor overnight visitors\, the market fits naturally into a Friday arrival: shop at Ski Beach Park\, bring your finds back to a Big Bear cabin\, and leave the rest of the weekend open for the lake\, trails\, The Village\, or other seasonal activities. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your stay around the Big Bear Lake Farmers Market 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/big-bear-lake-farmers-market-15/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:14051-1790960400-1790971200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-21/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14052-1790964000-1790974800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-11/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14055-1790985600-1790985600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-35/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14054-1790985600-1790985600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-23/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215633Z
CREATED:20261016T215633Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215633Z
UID:14053-1790985600-1790985600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:2026 Trail Work Days
DESCRIPTION:2026 Trail Work Days: Dates\, Volunteer Details\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\n2026 Trail Work Days are volunteer trail-maintenance events organized by the Southern California Mountains Foundation across the Big Bear Valley. Volunteers help maintain heavily used or damaged trail sections through tasks such as dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control. Gloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided\, while participants are instructed to wear long pants and closed-toed shoes.  \nThe full 2026 series runs from June 20 through October 24. Earlier work days were held June 20\, July 18\, and August 15. As of September 10\, the remaining dates currently published by Visit Big Bear are Saturday\, September 12; Saturday\, October 3; and Saturday\, October 24\, 2026.  \nUnlike the separate Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, which were afternoon events limited to the Maple Hills Trail Complex\, these 2026 Trail Work Days can take place at different locations throughout Big Bear Valley. Registered volunteers receive the exact location by email roughly one week before each session.  \nIf you’re traveling to Big Bear specifically to volunteer\, staying overnight can reduce the pressure of combining a mountain drive with a work day whose exact meeting location may not be provided until shortly before the event. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and volunteer groups.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear volunteer weekend. \n2026 Trail Work Days at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\n2026 Trail Work Days\n\n\nOrganizer\nSouthern California Mountains Foundation\n\n\n2026 event period\nJune 20-October 24\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining published dates\nSeptember 12\, October 3\, and October 24\, 2026\n\n\nLocation\nVarious trail locations throughout Big Bear Valley\n\n\nExact meeting location\nSent to registered volunteers by email roughly one week before each work day\n\n\nEvent hours\nNo universal start and end time is currently published on the Visit Big Bear event page; follow your registration confirmation for your selected date\n\n\nWork may include\nDirt work\, brush work\, and litter control\n\n\nProvided\nGloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks\n\n\nRequired clothing\nLong pants and closed-toed shoes\n\n\nRegistration\nRegister through the event’s Eventbrite listing\n\n\nContact\nJordan Lowe / Trails@mountainsfoundation.org\n\n\nCommunity support\nCare for Big Bear\n\n\nOfficial event page\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nRegistration\nEventbrite Trail Work Day registration\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear currently lists September 12\, October 3\, and October 24 as the upcoming dates. Its broader Care for Big Bear volunteer calendar also displays these Trail Work Days separately from the Maple Hills Trail Work Days and Green Thumbs forest-restoration program.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Trail Work Days?\nThe 2026 Trail Work Days give locals and visitors a hands-on way to help care for Big Bear’s trail network. The Southern California Mountains Foundation organizes volunteers to work on sections of trail that need attention because of damage or visitor use.  \nDepending on the needs of the selected site\, volunteers may perform: \n\nDirt work to help maintain trail surfaces and sections needing repair\nBrush work to address vegetation affecting trail use\nLitter control to remove trash and debris\n\nThe exact tasks can vary because the work location itself changes throughout the season. This is not a single-trail volunteer program where every session repeats the same project. \nThe Southern California Mountains Foundation relies heavily on volunteers across programs that include trails\, restoration\, fire lookouts\, the Discovery Center\, and other stewardship work. Visit Big Bear’s current volunteer page describes volunteers as the backbone of several of the Foundation’s programs.  \nThese Trail Work Days are also listed as being held with support from Care for Big Bear\, the destination stewardship initiative encouraging visitors and locals to help preserve the Big Bear environment.  \nWhen Are the 2026 Trail Work Days?\nThe published 2026 series includes six Saturday work days: \n\nJune 20\, 2026 — past\nJuly 18\, 2026 — past\nAugust 15\, 2026 — past\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nOctober 3\, 2026\nOctober 24\, 2026\n\nThe full series therefore extends from June 20 through October 24. As of September 10\, three scheduled work days remain.  \nThe official Visit Big Bear page does not currently publish one standard start and finish time for the entire series. Volunteers should use the Eventbrite registration information and any organizer emails for the confirmed meeting time for their selected date rather than assuming the hours from a different trail event. \nThis matters because Big Bear hosts several separate stewardship programs. The Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, for example\, were specifically scheduled from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, but those hours should not be carried over to the valley-wide 2026 Trail Work Days.  \nAre 2026 Trail Work Days the Same as Maple Hills Trail Work Days?\nNo. Although both programs involve the Southern California Mountains Foundation and similar trail-maintenance work\, they are listed as separate events. \nThe Maple Hills program was centered specifically within the Maple Hills Trail Complex\, with published afternoon hours from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM. Its listed recurring period ended September 10.  \nThe 2026 Trail Work Days cover changing locations throughout Big Bear Valley and continue through October 24. Visit Big Bear’s current volunteer calendar displays both programs as separate volunteer opportunities\, confirming that this event should not be treated as a duplicate of the Maple Hills article.  \nThat distinction is important when registering: make sure the Eventbrite page and date you’re using correspond to the valley-wide Trail Work Day rather than a previous Maple Hills session. \nWhere Do the Trail Work Days Take Place?\nThere is no single permanent meeting point for the entire series. \nThe organizer states that locations vary but will always be within Big Bear Valley. Sites are selected according to factors such as the amount of trail damage and visitor usage.  \nRegistered volunteers normally receive the exact location by email approximately one week before the event. If you register less than a week before the work day\, the location will be shared as soon as possible.  \nBecause the location changes\, do not use the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center address shown on Visit Big Bear’s website as if it were automatically the trail-work meeting point. The Visitor Center is the tourism organization’s general location\, not a confirmed meeting location for every session. \nHow Do You Register?\nVolunteers should register through the published Eventbrite Trail Work Day listing. \nRegistration is especially important because the organizer uses volunteer contact information to distribute the final work location. Without those instructions\, you may not know where the group is meeting. \nIf you have questions about trail work\, current registration\, or meeting instructions\, the published contact is: \nTrails@mountainsfoundation.org \nVisit Big Bear also identifies Jordan Lowe as the event contact.  \nNo general participation price is currently published on the official Visit Big Bear listing. Because this is presented as a volunteer opportunity\, use the official registration page for any terms or requirements attached to your date rather than assuming details not stated publicly. \nWhat Can Volunteers Expect?\nThese are active trail-maintenance days rather than passive educational gatherings. Volunteers should expect to spend time outdoors helping address real maintenance needs. \nThe organizer specifically mentions dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control. The exact balance of those tasks depends on the selected trail and its condition.  \nGloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided\, which reduces the amount of specialized equipment volunteers need to bring. Participants are still responsible for arriving dressed appropriately and following any additional safety instructions sent before the event.  \nFriends and family are encouraged to join\, but the public event page does not state a universal minimum volunteer age or provide detailed rules for minors. Families planning to bring children should contact the organizer before registering if age eligibility is important. \nSimilarly\, the standard event page does not publish detailed accessibility information. Because work sites vary and may involve uneven natural terrain\, volunteers with mobility or accommodation requirements should contact the organizer before the work day. \nWhat Should You Wear and Bring?\nThe official instructions specifically say to wear: \n\nLong pants\nClosed-toed shoes\n\nThe organizer provides: \n\nWork gloves\nTools\nSnacks\nDrinks\n\nThese details are confirmed in the current event listing.  \nBecause the exact trail site changes\, volunteers should also read the organizer’s pre-event email carefully. A particular work day may involve additional site-specific instructions. \nIt is also sensible to check the Big Bear forecast and prepare for mountain conditions\, but do not substitute a generic packing list for instructions provided by the Southern California Mountains Foundation. \nWhat Is Special About the October 24 Trail Work Day?\nThe standard 2026 Trail Work Days schedule lists October 24 as the final session of the season. A separate current listing from the California Off-Road Vehicle Association describes an October 24 volunteer day in partnership with the Southern California Mountains Foundation\, meeting at 40971 North Shore Drive / Highway 38 in Fawnskin at 8:30 AM.  \nThat October 24 partnership listing includes trail maintenance\, sign work\, and clearing brush and debris\, along with additional personal protective equipment requirements.  \nBecause that partner listing contains more specific requirements than the general season page\, October 24 volunteers should follow the instructions attached to their actual registration. Do not assume that requirements for October 24 automatically apply to September 12 or October 3. \nHow to Make a Weekend of a Big Bear Trail Work Day\nFriday: Arrive and Check In\nIf you’re volunteering on one of the Saturday dates\, arriving Friday evening can make the morning easier. Check into your cabin\, review the latest organizer email\, confirm the meeting location\, and prepare your clothing before going to bed. \nThis is especially useful because the meeting site can change from one work day to another. \nSaturday: Volunteer on the Trails\nFollow the meeting time provided through your registration. Wear long pants and closed-toed footwear and bring anything specifically requested in your confirmation email. \nAfter the volunteer work concludes\, return to your cabin to clean up\, eat\, and relax. A trail-work day can involve more physical effort than a typical sightseeing activity\, so keeping the rest of the afternoon flexible may be preferable to scheduling another demanding outing. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trail Work Day weekend. \nSunday: Enjoy Big Bear Responsibly\nUse the following morning to enjoy the area you helped care for. Depending on current conditions and your interests\, that could mean a relaxed lake outing\, an appropriate trail\, or time elsewhere in Big Bear Valley. \nFollow Leave No Trace practices and any current trail closures or restrictions. The broader Care for Big Bear program encourages visitors to combine recreation with responsible stewardship of the surrounding natural environment.  \nWhere to Stay for the 2026 Trail Work Days\nBecause individual work locations can fall anywhere within Big Bear Valley\, Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City are both practical lodging bases. Waiting for your organizer email before making assumptions about the exact trailhead is important. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Its current collection includes smaller stays such as Bear Den\, two-bedroom options including Golden Hour and Maverick’s Cabin\, three-bedroom properties such as Conklin Canopy\, and larger four-bedroom options including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nVolunteers traveling as a group can compare larger cabins\, while a couple participating together may prefer a smaller property. Verify each property’s current bedroom configuration\, parking limits\, pet policy\, kitchen\, laundry\, and other features directly on its live listing. \nA Chalet’s current website also notes an Every Stay Gives Back program in which A Chalet and Care for Big Bear contribute to local cleanup initiatives. That program is a broader stewardship effort and should not be interpreted as A Chalet sponsoring this specific Trail Work Day.  \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Trail Work Weekend Cabin\nRegister for the work day first. Registration is how you’ll receive the changing location information. \nDo not assume the meeting location. The exact trail site is normally emailed approximately one week ahead. \nChoose Big Bear Valley lodging. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City keeps you within the same general area as the work sites without adding an unnecessary Lake Arrowhead commute. \nConsider arriving the night before. This provides time to confirm directions and avoids pairing a same-morning mountain drive with an unfamiliar trail meeting point. \nVerify cabin parking. If several volunteers are sharing one rental but arriving in separate cars\, check the property’s permitted vehicle count. \nLeave the afternoon flexible. Trail maintenance can be physical\, so a relaxed post-event schedule may be more comfortable. \nCheck the latest organizer instructions. Requirements can differ by date\, particularly when another organization is partnering on a specific work day. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Are the Remaining 2026 Trail Work Days?\nAs of September 10\, the remaining dates published by Visit Big Bear are September 12\, October 3\, and October 24\, 2026. Earlier sessions were held June 20\, July 18\, and August 15.  \nWhere Do the Trail Work Days Take Place?\nLocations vary throughout Big Bear Valley. Registered volunteers are normally sent the exact location by email roughly one week before the event.  \nWhat Kind of Work Will Volunteers Do?\nPublished tasks include dirt work\, brush work\, and litter control\, with the exact project determined by current trail conditions and visitor use.  \nWhat Should I Wear?\nThe organizer specifically instructs volunteers to wear long pants and closed-toed shoes. Gloves\, tools\, snacks\, and drinks are provided.  \nAre the Trail Work Days the Same as Maple Hills Trail Work Days?\nNo. Maple Hills Trail Work Days were separate afternoon events focused on the Maple Hills Trail Complex and ended September 10. The valley-wide 2026 Trail Work Days continue through October 24 and use changing Big Bear Valley locations.  \nHow Do I Register?\nUse the official Eventbrite registration page. For questions\, contact Trails@mountainsfoundation.org.  \nWhere Should I Stay for a Trail Work Day?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City is the logical choice because work locations vary throughout Big Bear Valley. A Chalet offers cabins for couples and larger volunteer groups in both areas. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your 2026 Trail Work Days Getaway With A Chalet\nThe 2026 Trail Work Days offer visitors a practical way to contribute to the same mountain landscape they come to enjoy. Organized by the Southern California Mountains Foundation\, the volunteer sessions help address dirt work\, vegetation\, litter\, and other maintenance needs on trails throughout Big Bear Valley.  \nAs of September 10\, three dates remain: September 12\, October 3\, and October 24. Register in advance\, watch for the email containing the exact work location\, wear long pants and closed-toed shoes\, and follow any additional instructions associated with your specific session.  \nThese valley-wide work days are separate from the Maple Hills Trail Work Days\, so they warrant their own event plan and article. The changing locations also make an overnight Big Bear stay useful: arrive the evening before\, confirm the work-site directions\, volunteer the next day\, and have a nearby place to rest afterward. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the 2026 Trail Work Days.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/2026-trail-work-days-3/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T172500
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14056-1791016200-1791048300@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Trolley To Trails
DESCRIPTION:Trolley to Trails 2026: Schedule\, Trail Stops\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTrolley to Trails 2026 is a free seasonal Mountain Transit route around Big Bear Lake that connects riders with popular hiking and recreation stops without requiring them to drive to every trailhead. The route operates on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with current Visit Big Bear information showing service from 8:30 AM to 5:25 PM. The 2026 season runs through October 3\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining published dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3. Riders can begin at the Village-Knickerbocker stop at 630 Knickerbocker Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, where parking is available at the public lot. \nThe route serves multiple outdoor stops\, including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. You do not need to hike to enjoy the route; Visit Big Bear also promotes it as a free scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nFor visitors planning more than one trail or a full weekend outdoors\, staying locally can make the route more useful. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so travelers can ride the trolley during the day and return to a cabin afterward instead of building a same-day mountain drive around the schedule. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nTrolley to Trails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nService\nTrolley to Trails\n\n\nOperator\nMountain Transit\n\n\nCost\nFree\n\n\nOperating days\nSaturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\n\n\n2026 season\nMay 2-October 3\, 2026\n\n\nDaily service window\n8:30 AM-5:25 PM\n\n\nRemaining dates\nSeptember 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\n\n\nPrimary boarding point\nVillage-Knickerbocker Road\n\n\nAddress\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nKnickerbocker Public Parking Lot\n\n\nAccessibility\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\n\n\nBikes\nMountain Transit vehicles are equipped with bike racks\n\n\nService animals\nWelcome aboard Mountain Transit vehicles\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-5200\n\n\nOfficial route information\nTrolley to Trails at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nMountain Transit’s own accessibility information confirms that its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\, equipped with bike racks\, and allow service animals. Big Bear fixed-route transportation is fare-free. \nWhat Is Trolley to Trails?\nTrolley to Trails is a seasonal Big Bear transportation service created by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. Its purpose is to connect riders with hiking trails and outdoor recreation locations around Big Bear Lake while reducing the need to find parking at each trailhead. \nThe service is also useful for visitors who simply want to see the lake and mountain scenery. Visit Big Bear specifically notes that non-hikers can ride the trolley for the scenic experience\, so there is no requirement to get off and complete a trail. \nMountain Transit approved the route as a demonstration service through a partnership with Visit Big Bear\, with the partnership supporting fare-free operation. That makes Trolley to Trails different from a paid guided tour: riders use a public-transit-style route with scheduled stops rather than joining a fixed excursion. \nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nThe current public schedule lists Trolley to Trails on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays from the first weekend of May through the first weekend of October. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining 2026 dates published by Visit Big Bear are: \n\nSaturday\, September 12\nSunday\, September 13\nSaturday\, September 19\nSunday\, September 20\nSaturday\, September 26\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 3\n\nThe current event page lists October 3\, 2026 as the last scheduled date of the season. \nBecause public transportation schedules can change because of weather\, road conditions\, or operational needs\, check the latest route information before planning a day around the final trolley. \nWhat Is the Trolley to Trails Schedule?\nThe route currently begins at Village-Knickerbocker Road at 8:30 AM and completes its final listed return there at 5:25 PM. The published timetable shows repeated loops throughout the day. \n\n\n\nStop\nFirst Published Stop Time\nFinal Published Stop Time\n\n\n\n\nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n8:30 AM\n5:25 PM return\n\n\nBig 5 – Conklin Rd. & Big Bear Blvd.\n8:32 AM\n4:27 PM\n\n\nTowne Trail – Snow Summit\n8:37 AM\n4:32 PM\n\n\nStater Bros – Big Bear Blvd.\n8:43 AM\n4:38 PM\n\n\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\n8:44 AM\n4:39 PM\n\n\nWoodland Trail\n8:47 AM\n4:42 PM\n\n\nNature Discovery Trail\n8:52 AM\n4:47 PM\n\n\nCougar Crest Trail\n8:55 AM\n4:50 PM\n\n\nFawnskin – Fire Station\n9:04 AM\n4:59 PM\n\n\nGrays Peak Trail\n9:07 AM\n5:02 PM\n\n\nCastle Rock Trail\n9:18 AM\n5:13 PM\n\n\nPine Knot Trail\n9:25 AM\n5:20 PM\n\n\n\nThe full published timetable includes several departures at each stop\, generally following the same loop approximately every 95 minutes. Riders should check the current full schedule before choosing a hike so they know when the trolley will return to that trailhead. \nWhich Trails Does Trolley to Trails Serve?\nThe 2026 route reaches a useful cross-section of Big Bear recreation areas rather than serving only one trail. Current stops include: \n\nTowne Trail near Snow Summit\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\nWoodland Trail\nNature Discovery Trail\nCougar Crest Trail\nGrays Peak Trail\nCastle Rock Trail\nPine Knot Trail\n\nVisit Big Bear also notes that Grays Peak Trail is now being serviced following its reopening. \nEach trail offers a different experience and level of difficulty. Do not assume that because the trolley serves a trail\, that trail is suitable for every rider. Check current trail distance\, elevation gain\, closures\, weather\, and your group’s abilities separately before getting off. \nWhere Do You Board Trolley to Trails?\nThe primary published pickup and drop-off location is: \nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. The first trolley departs this stop at 8:30 AM. \nYou can also board at other scheduled stops along the route. If you are staying near one of those stops\, review the timetable before automatically driving to The Village. \nIs Trolley to Trails Really Free?\nYes. Visit Big Bear and Mountain Transit identify Trolley to Trails as a free seasonal service. \nNo event ticket is required simply to ride the trolley. However\, using the trolley does not automatically waive any separate recreation permit\, trail-use requirement\, admission fee\, or reservation that could apply at an individual destination. \nCheck the rules for the specific trail or recreation site you plan to visit rather than assuming the free ride makes every activity along the route free. \nIs Trolley to Trails Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Its vehicles are also equipped with bike racks\, and service animals are welcome on board. \nThat does not mean every trail stop itself is wheelchair accessible. Accessibility can differ significantly between a paved boardwalk\, parking area\, and natural hiking trail. Travelers who need accessible outdoor options should research the specific stop separately before choosing where to exit. \nFor transportation-specific accessibility questions\, Mountain Transit maintains dedicated accessibility information and rider services. \nCan You Bring a Bike?\nMountain Transit says its vehicles are equipped with bike racks. That can make the system useful for riders combining transit with cycling\, but rack capacity may be limited. \nIf transporting a bicycle is essential to your plans\, check Mountain Transit’s current bike-on-bus policies before departure and have a backup plan in case rack space is unavailable. \nWhat Should You Bring for Trolley to Trails?\nYour packing list should be based primarily on the trail you plan to hike\, not just the trolley ride. Useful basics include: \n\nWater appropriate for the length of your outing\nComfortable hiking or walking shoes\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection\nTrail map or navigation information\nSnacks\nAny necessary medications\nA charged phone\nThe current trolley timetable\n\nBefore leaving the trolley\, note the return schedule for your stop. Build in extra time rather than planning to finish a hike only a few minutes before the final pickup. \nHow Should You Plan a Hike Around the Trolley Schedule?\nThe biggest planning mistake would be choosing a trail based only on the outbound trolley time. You also need to know how long the hike normally takes and when the next return trips are scheduled. \nFor example\, if you leave the trolley for a longer hike late in the afternoon\, the remaining service window may not be sufficient. The final published route reaches Pine Knot Trail at 5:20 PM and returns to Village-Knickerbocker at 5:25 PM\, so that final loop is not designed to drop riders off for a new multi-hour hike. \nChoose an earlier departure for longer trails. For shorter walks\, scenic stops\, or boardwalk experiences\, later loops may offer more flexibility. \nAlways consider your actual pace\, trail conditions\, daylight\, and weather rather than relying solely on an estimated hiking time. \nCan You Ride Trolley to Trails Without Hiking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear specifically encourages non-hikers to use the service as a scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nThat makes the route useful for mixed-interest groups. One person may want to hike while another prefers a scenic ride or a less demanding stop. \nIt can also be a simple way to see different parts of the lake without repeatedly looking for parking\, although riders should remember that this is scheduled public transportation rather than a narrated sightseeing tour. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Trolley to Trails\nFriday: Arrive and Plan Your Route\nArrive in Big Bear on Friday\, check into your cabin\, and decide which trail or stops you want to visit the next morning. Review the latest trail conditions and save the trolley timetable so you are not making route decisions at the last minute. \nIf your group has different hiking abilities\, choose stops that allow everyone to enjoy the day without forcing the same itinerary. \nSaturday: Ride From The Village to the Trails\nFor maximum flexibility\, consider boarding one of the earlier morning loops. Starting early provides more options for completing a hike and catching a later trolley back. \nYou might choose one main trail for the morning\, return toward town\, and use the remainder of the afternoon for The Village or another Big Bear activity. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nSunday: Try a Different Stop\nBecause the service also runs Sundays\, a two-night stay gives you another opportunity to explore without moving your car from trailhead to trailhead. \nKeep Sunday’s plans realistic if you need to check out or drive home later that day. A short outdoor stop may work better than committing to a long hike close to your departure time. \nWhere to Stay for Trolley to Trails\nBecause the route begins in Big Bear Lake and circles recreation sites around Big Bear Lake and Fawnskin\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward A Chalet destination for this itinerary. Big Bear City can also work for visitors exploring the broader valley. \nA Chalet currently offers multiple Big Bear lodging sizes. Featured properties include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet currently lists Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms and three baths. Bear Den is currently shown as a one-bedroom option. \nA cabin stay can work particularly well with this route because you can arrive the night before\, leave your main driving plans behind for part of the day\, ride to a trail\, and return to your lodging afterward. \nVerify occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchen facilities\, pet policies\, and other amenities on the current individual listing before booking\, since features vary from cabin to cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Trolley to Trails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your hiking date first. Only seven published service dates remain after September 10\, with October 3 currently listed as the final day. \nStay Friday night for a Saturday hike. That allows you to use an early trolley without first making a morning drive into Big Bear. \nStudy both outbound and return times. A trail that fits the morning schedule may not fit the last return of the day. \nChoose the trail separately from the transportation. The trolley is free\, but trail difficulty\, access rules\, and current conditions still need independent research. \nConsider Big Bear Lake lodging. It places you in the same city as the Knickerbocker starting point. \nVerify parking at your cabin. Larger groups should check the number of permitted vehicles before booking. \nCheck current weather and closures. Late September and early October conditions can affect both hiking plans and mountain travel. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nTrolley to Trails runs Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays during its seasonal operating period. As of September 10\, remaining dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\, 2026. \nHow Much Does Trolley to Trails Cost?\nThe service is free. It is operated by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. \nWhere Does Trolley to Trails Start?\nThe primary published starting point is Village-Knickerbocker Road\, 630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Parking is available in the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. \nWhich Trails Can You Reach?\nThe current route serves stops including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. \nDo You Have to Be a Hiker to Ride?\nNo. Visit Big Bear encourages non-hikers to ride the trolley for the scenic mountain and lake views as well. \nIs the Trolley Wheelchair Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Accessibility of individual trails and recreation stops varies\, so research your intended destination separately. \nWhere Should I Stay for Trolley to Trails?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging base because the primary trolley pickup is at Knickerbocker Road in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your Trolley to Trails dates. \nPlan Your Trolley to Trails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTrolley to Trails 2026 makes it easier to explore several Big Bear recreation areas without driving from one trailhead to the next. The free seasonal route runs on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with service between 8:30 AM and 5:25 PM and seven currently published dates remaining through October 3. \nThe route reaches hiking and recreation stops around Big Bear Lake\, including Woodland Trail\, Cougar Crest\, Grays Peak\, Castle Rock\, Pine Knot Trail\, and Stanfield Marsh. Mountain Transit vehicles are wheelchair accessible and equipped with bike racks\, while non-hikers are also welcome to ride simply for the scenery. \nFor a more relaxed trip\, arrive in Big Bear the night before\, choose an early trolley\, spend the day exploring the trails\, and return to a cabin instead of scheduling the entire outing around a same-day mountain drive. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Trolley to Trails 2026. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/trolley-to-trails-6/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T090000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215632Z
CREATED:20261016T215632Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215632Z
UID:13896-1791018000-1791043200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Big Bair Takeover
DESCRIPTION:Big Bair Takeover 2026: Date\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBig Bair Takeover 2026 is a classic Volkswagen car show in Big Bear Lake scheduled for Saturday\, October 3\, 2026\, from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. The event takes place at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\, 40650 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe show centers on classic and air-cooled Volkswagen culture and features trophies\, prizes\, raffles\, and family-friendly fun. Current Visit Big Bear information confirms the October 3 date\, 9:00 AM-4:00 PM hours\, Village Drive location\, and on-site parking. \nVisitors do not need to own a Volkswagen to enjoy the event. The show works well for longtime VW enthusiasts\, families who enjoy classic cars\, photographers\, collectors\, and travelers looking for an unusual fall event in the mountains. \nOne secondary event source currently displays a conflicting October 10 date in part of its page\, while its own article text and the official Visit Big Bear calendar identify October 3. For trip planning\, the latest official Visit Big Bear listing should take priority\, and visitors can contact event representative Enrique C. Duque at 562-842-5196 if they want direct confirmation before traveling. \nBecause the car show fills most of Saturday\, an overnight Big Bear stay can turn the trip into a relaxed fall weekend. A Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, giving visitors a convenient base for Friday arrival\, the Saturday show\, and a slower Sunday departure. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for the Big Bair Takeover weekend. \nBig Bair Takeover 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bair Takeover\n\n\nDate\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n9:00 AM-4:00 PM\n\n\nEvent type\nClassic Volkswagen car show\n\n\nVenue\nHoliday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n40650 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nHighlights\nVolkswagen vehicles\, trophies\, prizes\, raffles\, and family-friendly activities\n\n\nOrganizer/contact\nEnrique C. Duque\n\n\nPhone\n562-842-5196\n\n\nParking\nParking is listed as available at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\n\n\nSpectator admission\nNo admission price is published on the official Visit Big Bear event page; confirm with the organizer if needed\n\n\nVehicle registration\nCurrent public registration details should be confirmed with the organizer\n\n\nOfficial event listing\nVisit Big Bear Big Bair Takeover\n\n\n\nWhat Is Big Bair Takeover?\nBig Bair Takeover is a mountain car show built around classic Volkswagen vehicles and VW enthusiast culture. It brings Volkswagen owners and spectators together in Big Bear Lake for a full Saturday of cars\, awards\, raffles\, and socializing. \nThe event has roots in Southern California’s air-cooled Volkswagen community. Historical coverage of the gathering connects organizer Enrique Duque with Black Sunday Aircooled and Volkswagen clubs involved in building the event around the region’s enthusiasm for classic VWs. \nThat heritage helps explain why the show is more than a display of random vintage cars. Volkswagen models have their own distinctive culture\, spanning Beetles\, Buses\, Karmann Ghias\, custom builds\, restorations\, lowered cars\, off-road-inspired vehicles\, and other interpretations of the marque. \nThe exact 2026 vehicle lineup is not published in advance\, so visitors should not expect any particular model or award category unless organizers announce it separately. The official public description simply confirms a classic Volkswagen car show with trophies\, prizes\, raffles\, and family fun. \nWhen and Where Is Big Bair Takeover 2026?\nThe current official event listing schedules Big Bair Takeover for Saturday\, October 3\, 2026. \nPublished show hours are: \n9:00 AM to 4:00 PM \nThe venue is: \nHoliday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\n40650 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe property is near The Village area of Big Bear Lake\, which makes it practical to combine the car show with nearby dining\, shopping\, and other activities during the weekend. \nThere is one date conflict worth knowing about. A secondary Destination Big Bear page contains an October 10 date in its structured event-detail section\, even though the article body on that same page says October 3. The official Visit Big Bear event calendar consistently lists October 3\, 2026\, so October 3 is the date used throughout this guide. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at the Volkswagen Car Show?\nVisitors can expect a gathering centered on classic Volkswagen vehicles\, with owners showing off cars representing different eras\, restoration styles\, and personal approaches to Volkswagen culture. \nThe confirmed 2026 event description specifically lists: \n\nClassic Volkswagen vehicles\nTrophies\nPrizes\nRaffles\nFamily-friendly fun\n\nThe show is suitable for spectators who simply enjoy looking at vintage vehicles as well as enthusiasts who know the details of Volkswagen engines\, body styles\, restoration techniques\, and custom builds. \nFor photographers\, the variety of vehicles can provide plenty of interesting details\, from badges and interiors to paintwork and period styling. Be respectful of owners and ask permission before touching vehicles\, opening doors\, or placing equipment near a display car. \nFamilies can also attend without needing specialized automotive knowledge. Children may enjoy the distinctive shapes and colors of classic Beetles and Volkswagen Buses even if they are not old enough to know their history. \nWho Organizes Big Bair Takeover?\nCurrent event information lists Enrique C. Duque as the contact for Big Bair Takeover\, with the phone number 562-842-5196. \nRecent secondary coverage identifies the organizing community as connected with Black Sunday Aircooled and Volksstyle. Historical Volkswagen coverage has also tied Enrique Duque to the show’s development and Southern California air-cooled VW culture. \nIf you have questions about entering a vehicle\, vendor participation\, raffle details\, award categories\, or any requirement not published on the Visit Big Bear listing\, the organizer is the appropriate source to contact. \nDo You Need Tickets for Big Bair Takeover?\nThe official Visit Big Bear event page does not currently publish a spectator admission price. \nA recent secondary article describes spectator attendance as free\, but because that detail does not currently appear on the primary tourism event listing\, visitors who need certainty should verify directly with the organizer before the event. \nLikewise\, spectators should not confuse public attendance with entering a Volkswagen in the show. Vehicle registration may have separate requirements\, deadlines\, or fees. \nIf you plan to display a car\, contact the event organizer rather than arriving on show morning and assuming registration will be available on site. \nWhere Should You Park for Big Bair Takeover?\nThe official event information states that parking is available at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake. \nBecause this is a car show\, some portions of the property may be dedicated to show vehicles\, participants\, staging\, or event activity. Follow signs and staff directions when you arrive rather than assuming every open space is spectator parking. \nBig Bear Lake can also be busy on fall weekends\, particularly around The Village. Arriving near the beginning of the show gives you more time to navigate parking and enjoy the displays before the afternoon. \nIf the organizer publishes updated parking instructions closer to October 3\, follow those instructions over older event listings. \nWhat Time Should You Arrive?\nThe show runs for seven hours\, from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, so visitors have flexibility. \nCar enthusiasts who want plenty of time to inspect vehicles and talk with owners may prefer arriving in the morning. An earlier visit can also make it easier to fit lunch and time in The Village into the same day. \nFamilies looking for a shorter outing could arrive later and spend a few hours at the show\, but remember that trophies\, raffles\, or other activities may follow an organizer-controlled schedule that is not currently published. \nIf there is a particular award presentation or raffle you want to see\, contact the organizer for timing rather than guessing. \nWhat Should You Bring to Big Bair Takeover?\nThis is a relatively simple event to prepare for\, but fall mountain conditions deserve some thought. \n\nComfortable walking shoes\nLayers for changing October temperatures\nSun protection\nA phone or camera for vehicle photos\nWater\nA payment method if vendors or raffle opportunities are available\nA small bag for personal items\nAny event confirmation if you are participating as a vehicle owner\n\nOctober weather in the mountains can feel different between morning and afternoon. Rather than planning around conditions in your home city\, check the Big Bear forecast shortly before departure. \nVisitors bringing children should also plan for the fact that this is an active car-show environment. Keep kids close and remind them not to touch vehicles without the owner’s permission. \nIs Big Bair Takeover Family-Friendly?\nYes. The official event description specifically promotes fun for the whole family. \nThat makes Big Bair Takeover an option for families looking for a daytime October event that is not centered exclusively on nightlife or strenuous outdoor recreation. \nParents can walk through the vehicle displays with children\, enjoy the unusual cars\, and combine the show with lunch or another Big Bear activity afterward. \nNo specific children’s program\, kids’ zone\, age-based ticket rule\, or stroller policy is currently published\, so families needing those details should contact the organizer before attending. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Big Bair Takeover\nFriday: Arrive in Big Bear Lake\nDriving into Big Bear on Friday gives you a more relaxed start to Saturday. Check into your cabin\, have dinner\, and enjoy a quieter evening instead of beginning show day with a long mountain drive. \nIf you are bringing a Volkswagen to display\, use Friday evening to confirm any registration instructions and prepare anything you need for the vehicle. \nIf you are attending only as a spectator\, Friday is a good opportunity to explore The Village or simply settle into your cabin before a full Saturday. \nSaturday Morning: Start With the Car Show\nHave breakfast and head toward Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake for the 9:00 AM opening. \nAn earlier start gives VW enthusiasts time to walk the show slowly\, compare different builds\, take photos\, and talk with vehicle owners without feeling rushed. \nThe event runs until 4:00 PM\, so you do not need to see everything immediately. \nSaturday Afternoon: Mix Cars With The Village\nThe Village is nearby\, making lunch or an afternoon break easy to incorporate into the day. Depending on how long you want to spend at the show\, you can browse local shops or have a meal before returning to the event. \nOctober 3 also falls during Visit Big Bear’s 2026 Plein Air Art Competition period\, so travelers interested in both cars and art may find additional creative activity around the valley that weekend. \nAlways check the live event calendar before building a multi-event itinerary because individual schedules can change. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the October 3 weekend. \nSaturday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter a day spent walking the show and exploring Big Bear Lake\, return to your cabin for dinner or a relaxed evening. \nThis is one of the main benefits of staying overnight. You do not need to turn a seven-hour event into a same-day drive up and down the mountain. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slower Departure\nUse Sunday morning for breakfast and another easy Big Bear experience before heading home. \nIf your weekend is specifically built around Volkswagen culture\, Sunday can also be a chance to enjoy a scenic drive through the mountain environment before leaving the valley\, provided road and weather conditions are suitable. \nWhere to Stay for Big Bair Takeover 2026\nBecause Big Bair Takeover takes place in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most natural choice for an event-focused weekend. Big Bear City can also work well\, particularly if you prefer a different setting while remaining within the Big Bear Valley. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes smaller cabins for couples as well as larger properties for families and groups. Current featured listings include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two bathrooms\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bathroom\, Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two bathrooms\, and Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two bathrooms. \nFor a larger group traveling together\, current four-bedroom options include Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge\, each presently listed with four bedrooms and three bathrooms. \nOne verified Big Bear Lake option is Conklin Canopy\, currently listed with three bedrooms and two bathrooms and sleeping space for up to eight guests. The listing includes a game room\, fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, a secure deck\, BBQ\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nThose features can be convenient for a group attending the car show together\, but always check the live property listing before booking. Property details\, availability\, parking rules\, occupancy limits\, and amenities can change. \nIf you are traveling with a classic Volkswagen or another special vehicle\, pay close attention to the parking information on the individual rental listing. Do not assume that every vacation rental offers the same number or type of parking spaces. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Big Bair Takeover 2026. \nTips for Booking a Big Bair Takeover Weekend Cabin\nConsider arriving Friday. A Friday-night stay lets you wake up in Big Bear instead of combining mountain travel with the 9:00 AM show opening. \nVerify the October 3 date before traveling. The current official Visit Big Bear listing says October 3\, while one secondary page contains conflicting October 10 data. If your plans are inflexible\, confirm with the organizer. \nCheck parking carefully if you are bringing a special vehicle. Vacation-rental driveways and parking limits vary by property. \nChoose the right cabin size. Couples can focus on smaller rentals\, while VW clubs\, friends\, or families traveling together may benefit from multiple bedrooms and shared living space. \nReview house rules before arrival. Do not assume trailers\, vehicle maintenance\, washing\, mechanical work\, or extra cars are permitted at a vacation rental. \nAdd Saturday night if your schedule allows. Staying after the show means you can relax rather than beginning the drive home immediately after the 4:00 PM close. \nCheck the weather and roads. Early October can bring changing mountain conditions\, so use current forecasts and transportation updates when planning your drive. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Big Bair Takeover 2026?\nThe current official Visit Big Bear listing schedules Big Bair Takeover for Saturday\, October 3\, 2026\, from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nWhere Is Big Bair Takeover?\nThe car show takes place at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\, 40650 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWhat Kind of Cars Will Be at Big Bair Takeover?\nThe event is a classic Volkswagen car show. The exact 2026 vehicle roster is not published in advance\, so specific models should not be treated as guaranteed. \nIs Big Bair Takeover Free?\nThe official Visit Big Bear page does not currently publish a spectator admission price. A recent secondary source describes spectator admission as free\, but visitors who need confirmation should contact the organizer at 562-842-5196. \nIs Big Bair Takeover Good for Families?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls it an event with fun for the whole family. No detailed children’s activity schedule is currently published. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Current event information says parking is available at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake. Follow event signs and staff instructions when you arrive. \nWhere Should I Stay for Big Bair Takeover?\nAn A Chalet rental in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical choice for the October 3 car show. Staying Friday night makes the Saturday morning start easier\, while adding Saturday night lets you relax after the show rather than immediately driving out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet availability for Big Bair Takeover weekend. \nPlan Your Big Bair Takeover 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nBig Bair Takeover 2026 brings classic Volkswagen culture to Big Bear Lake on Saturday\, October 3\, from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. With classic VWs\, trophies\, prizes\, raffles\, and a family-friendly atmosphere\, the event offers something for serious enthusiasts and casual spectators alike. \nThe show is scheduled at Holiday Inn Resort The Lodge at Big Bear Lake\, 40650 Village Dr. Parking is currently listed as available at the venue\, and Enrique C. Duque is listed as the event contact at 562-842-5196. \nBecause one secondary listing contains a conflicting October 10 date\, travelers should rely on the latest official Visit Big Bear calendar\, which currently confirms October 3\, and verify directly with the organizer if necessary before making a nonrefundable travel decision. \nFor a fuller mountain weekend\, arrive Friday\, enjoy the Volkswagen show Saturday\, spend some time around Big Bear Lake and The Village\, then return to a local cabin instead of heading straight down the mountain after the event. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bair Takeover 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-6__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T100000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215620Z
CREATED:20261016T215620Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215620Z
UID:13897-1791021600-1791043200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Summit Series #2 "Best Whip"
DESCRIPTION:Summit Series #2 Best Whip 2026: Date\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nSummit Series #2 “Best Whip” 2026 takes place on Saturday\, October 3\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nHosted by the Summit Bike Park staff\, the competition challenges mountain bikers to combine amplitude\, creativity\, and style as they throw their bikes sideways in the air. Riders of all ages can participate\, and onsite registration is free. There is no advance registration; competitors must sign up at Snow Summit on the day of the event. \nBig Bear Mountain Resort also advertises live entertainment and cash prizes. However\, the resort has not yet published the complete competition timetable\, including practice periods\, heat times\, judging details\, or award timing. Its official page currently says to check back for the full schedule. \nThe event falls on Snow Summit’s final weekend of 2026 summer operations\, with the Bike Park scheduled to close for the season the following day\, October 4. That makes an overnight Big Bear Lake stay especially practical for riders or spectators who want to combine Best Whip with another day on the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for Summit Series #2 weekend. \nSummit Series #2 Best Whip 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nSummit Series #2 “Best Whip”\n\n\nDate\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n10:00 AM-4:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nSnow Summit / Summit Bike Park\n\n\nAddress\n880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCompetition\nMountain bike Best Whip\n\n\nRider eligibility\nRiders of all ages are invited to participate\n\n\nRider registration\nFree; onsite only on October 3\n\n\nAdvance registration\nNot available\n\n\nPrizes\nCash prizes are advertised; amounts have not been published\n\n\nEntertainment\nLive entertainment is advertised\n\n\nParking\nSnow Summit parking lot\n\n\nFull competition schedule\nNot yet published\n\n\nOfficial event page\nBig Bear Mountain Resort\n\n\nVisitor event listing\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\n\nWhat Is Summit Series #2 “Best Whip”?\nSummit Series #2 Best Whip is a mountain bike competition at Snow Summit that rewards riders for style in the air rather than simply for being the fastest down a course. \nA “whip” is an aerial mountain bike maneuver in which a rider turns the bike sideways while airborne and then brings it back into alignment before landing. A successful competition run combines control\, commitment\, amplitude\, and personal style. \nBig Bear Mountain Resort describes the October event as being about just how stylish and sideways riders can get. The competition is designed to be entertaining for spectators as well as challenging for participants. \nIt is the second and final event in Snow Summit’s two-part 2026 Summit Series. The first event was a Long Jump competition on June 27\, while the October finale shifts the focus from distance to creativity and style. \nWhen and Where Is Summit Series #2 Best Whip?\nThe official Big Bear Mountain Resort event page confirms: \nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\n10:00 AM-4:00 PM \nThe competition takes place at: \nSnow Summit\n880 Summit Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThis corrects an underlying exported calendar field that shows October 2. Both Big Bear Mountain Resort and Visit Big Bear clearly identify Saturday\, October 3 as the actual event date. \nSnow Summit is also scheduled to operate from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM on October 3\, making the Best Whip event part of a full day of late-season summer mountain operations. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at Best Whip?\nThe central attraction is high-level mountain bike jumping\, with riders attempting stylish whips in front of spectators and judges. \nBig Bear Mountain Resort currently confirms the following: \n\nA Best Whip mountain bike competition\nCompetition focused on style and amplitude\nFree onsite rider registration\nParticipation open to riders of all ages\nCash prizes\nLive entertainment\nA 10:00 AM-4:00 PM overall event window\n\nThe resort has not yet published the detailed competition schedule. Exact practice sessions\, qualifying procedures\, number of runs\, judging criteria\, category breakdowns\, and prize amounts should not be assumed until Snow Summit announces them. \nHow Do Riders Register?\nRegistration is free and available onsite only on the day of the event. \nBig Bear Mountain Resort specifically says there is no advance registration for Summit Series #2. \nRiders should arrive with enough time to park\, locate event registration\, complete any required paperwork\, prepare their bike\, and follow staff instructions before riding. \nBecause no detailed registration window has been posted yet\, competitors should check the official event page shortly before October 3 for updated timing. \nParticipation may also involve normal Bike Park access requirements\, equipment rules\, waivers\, or other resort procedures. Riders should review current Summit Bike Park policies before arriving. \nIs There a Fee to Compete?\nNo competition registration fee is currently required. Big Bear Mountain Resort describes onsite registration as free. \nThat does not necessarily mean every related mountain activity is free. \nRiders who need Bike Park lift access may still require an appropriate pass or lift ticket\, while spectators who want to use the Scenic Sky Chair may need a Scenic Sky Chair ticket unless they hold another pass that includes access. \nCheck current Summit Bike Park lift ticket information before your visit if you plan to ride beyond the competition itself. \nDo Spectators Need a Ticket?\nThe official event page does not currently publish a separate Best Whip spectator admission fee. \nHowever\, Big Bear Mountain Resort specifically notes that guests with a Season Pass\, Bike Park day-use lift ticket\, or Scenic Sky Chair ticket can access elevated viewing opportunities associated with the event. \nBecause the exact competition location and spectator-access plan have not yet been published\, visitors should not assume every viewing area can be reached without a lift product. \nIf you are attending only as a spectator\, check the final event schedule and viewing instructions before buying anything. \nWhat Is Summit Bike Park?\nSummit Bike Park operates at Snow Summit during the warmer months and provides lift-served mountain biking in Big Bear Lake. \nThe resort offers downhill and freeride riding\, rentals\, protective equipment\, bike services\, and lift access during its summer operating season. \nOctober 3 falls near the very end of that season. Snow Summit has announced that Sunday\, October 4 will be its final day of 2026 summer operations for mountain biking\, hiking\, Basecamp activities\, and Scenic Sky Chair rides. \nVisitors staying overnight after Best Whip can therefore potentially return Sunday for Snow Summit’s closing day\, subject to weather\, operating conditions\, and current ticket availability. \nWhat Is a Best Whip Competition?\nA Best Whip contest differs from a downhill race because speed to the finish line is not the main point. \nInstead\, competitors hit a jump and manipulate the bike sideways while airborne. The rider must then bring the bike back beneath them and land safely. \nStyle is a major part of the appeal. Two riders may perform technically similar movements while making them look completely different in the air. \nFor spectators\, that makes Best Whip accessible even without a deep knowledge of mountain bike racing. You can immediately see how far sideways a rider gets\, how large the jump looks\, and how smoothly the bike is brought back for the landing. \nIs Summit Series #2 Good for Families?\nThe competition is marketed as a spectator-friendly event\, and riders of all ages are invited to register. \nFamilies can watch mountain biking\, enjoy the mountain setting\, and potentially combine the competition with other Snow Summit activities that are operating that weekend. \nParents should remember that this is an action-sports environment with moving bikes\, jumps\, lift operations\, and designated course areas. Children should remain supervised and outside restricted riding zones. \nFor younger children\, Snow Summit also lists Biggie’s Adventure Outpost activities during October 3-4\, providing another possible addition to a family visit. \nParking and Transportation\nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Snow Summit parking lot. \nThe resort address is: \n880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nBecause Best Whip coincides with Snow Summit’s final weekend of summer operations\, the property may be busier than an ordinary autumn Saturday. \nCompetitors should arrive earlier than they would for casual spectating. You will need time to unload riding equipment\, locate registration\, and learn where event operations are taking place. \nSpectators should also avoid assuming they can arrive immediately before a favorite competition segment because the resort has not yet published a detailed run schedule. \nWhat Should Riders Bring?\nCompetitors should review current Summit Bike Park requirements before the event. Useful items include: \n\nA mountain bike appropriate for the competition\nHelmet and required protective equipment\nCurrent Bike Park pass or lift ticket if needed for your riding plans\nPhoto identification\nWater\nRiding gloves\nWeather-appropriate layers\nBasic bike tools and spare equipment\nA charged phone\n\nDo not assume rental equipment is automatically included with competition registration. Summit Bike Park offers rentals separately\, subject to availability and current rental policies. \nWhat Should Spectators Bring?\nSpectators should prepare for a full day outdoors at a mountain resort. \n\nComfortable walking shoes\nSunglasses and sun protection\nWater\nA jacket or warm layer\nA charged phone or camera\nAny lift ticket required for your chosen viewing area\n\nOctober often brings comfortable daytime conditions followed by noticeably cooler temperatures later in the day. Dressing in layers is the easiest approach. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Summit Series #2 Best Whip\nFriday: Arrive in Big Bear Lake\nCheck into your A Chalet cabin Friday afternoon or evening so you do not have to combine a Saturday morning mountain drive with event registration or parking. \nRiders can use the evening to organize equipment\, check their bikes\, prepare riding gear\, and get a good night’s rest. \nSaturday Morning: Head to Snow Summit\nGive yourself plenty of time to reach Snow Summit before the competition activities get underway. \nThe resort is scheduled to open at 9:00 AM\, while Best Whip’s published event window begins at 10:00 AM. \nCompetitors should prioritize onsite registration and any instructions from Summit Bike Park staff. \nSaturday: Watch the Best Whip Action\nSpend the day watching riders push style and creativity in the air. \nBecause the detailed schedule is still forthcoming\, leave some flexibility rather than planning to arrive for a specific heat or awards presentation. \nLive entertainment is also advertised as part of the day’s atmosphere. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the October 3 Best Whip weekend. \nSaturday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter six hours around Snow Summit\, return to your cabin and recharge. \nFor riders\, a rental with a kitchen and laundry can be useful after an active day. For spectator groups\, the cabin becomes a comfortable place to regroup without immediately heading down the mountain. \nSunday: Snow Summit Closing Day\nOctober 4 is currently scheduled as Snow Summit’s 2026 summer closing day. \nThe resort plans to operate from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM for its final day of hiking\, mountain biking\, Scenic Sky Chair rides\, and other summer operations. \nThat makes Best Whip weekend a particularly natural time for a two-night Big Bear stay. \nWhere to Stay for Summit Series #2 Best Whip 2026\nFor this event\, staying in Big Bear Lake near Snow Summit is the most convenient choice. \nOne especially relevant A Chalet option is Summit Nest A\, currently listed for up to five guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live listing describes the property as being at the base of Snow Summit Mountain Resort. \nVerified amenities include a kitchen\, air conditioning\, washing machine\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, and suitability for children. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is another Big Bear Lake option with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nVerified amenities at Conklin Canopy include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nFor mountain bikers traveling with gear\, always review property rules carefully before booking. Do not assume bikes can be stored indoors or that additional vehicles\, trailers\, or oversized equipment are permitted unless the current listing specifically allows it. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals near Snow Summit. \nTips for Booking a Best Whip Weekend Cabin\nArrive Friday. Riders have onsite-only registration\, so sleeping in Big Bear the night before removes one source of Saturday morning stress. \nStay near Snow Summit. A Big Bear Lake cabin keeps you close to the competition and the following day’s summer closing activities. \nConfirm bike-storage rules. Never assume a vacation rental allows bikes indoors. \nCheck vehicle limits. Groups bringing multiple bikes and cars should select a property with appropriate legal parking. \nWatch for the final competition schedule. Big Bear Mountain Resort currently says full details are still to come. \nConsider staying through Sunday. Snow Summit’s final summer operating day is October 4\, giving riders another reason to make it a full weekend. \nVerify lift access. Free competition registration does not automatically mean all Bike Park or Scenic Sky Chair access is included. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Summit Series #2 Best Whip 2026?\nThe competition is scheduled for Saturday\, October 3\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nWhere Is the Best Whip Competition?\nThe event takes place at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nHow Much Does It Cost to Enter Best Whip?\nRider registration is currently listed as free. Registration is available onsite only on October 3\, with no advance registration. \nCan Kids Compete?\nBig Bear Mountain Resort says riders of all ages are invited to sign up. Families should check the final event rules and any applicable waiver or supervision requirements before participating. \nIs There a Detailed Best Whip Schedule?\nNot yet. The official event page currently says to check back for full schedule details. Practice times\, competition runs\, judging\, and awards timing have not been publicly confirmed. \nWhere Can Spectators Park?\nParking is listed at the Snow Summit parking lot. Arriving early is recommended because the event coincides with the resort’s final weekend of summer operations. \nWhere Should I Stay for Summit Series #2 Best Whip?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake near Snow Summit is a practical choice. Summit Nest A is particularly relevant because its current listing places it at the base of Snow Summit\, while larger groups can consider other Big Bear Lake properties such as Conklin Canopy. \nCheck A Chalet availability for Best Whip weekend. \nPlan Your Summit Series #2 Best Whip 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nSummit Series #2 Best Whip 2026 brings an action-packed finale to Snow Summit’s two-part summer mountain bike series on Saturday\, October 3 from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nRiders of all ages can register onsite for free and compete in a contest built around amplitude\, creativity\, and style. Spectators can watch high-flying mountain bike action and enjoy the atmosphere at Snow Summit\, with live entertainment and cash prizes also advertised. \nThe most important planning detail still outstanding is the full competition schedule. Practice\, run\, judging\, and awards times have not yet been released\, so check Big Bear Mountain Resort’s official event page closer to October 3. \nWith Snow Summit’s summer closing day scheduled for October 4\, the competition is also an ideal reason to stay for the weekend. Check into an A Chalet cabin Friday\, spend Saturday at Best Whip\, relax in Big Bear Lake that evening\, and return for one more day on the mountain Sunday. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Summit Series #2 Best Whip 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-5__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14057-1791028800-1791036000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Biggie’s Adventure Outpost
DESCRIPTION:Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 is a series of free youth activity afternoons at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The program runs on select summer dates from June through early October\, with each session scheduled from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nAs of September 10\, the final currently published dates are Saturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\, 2026. Big Bear Mountain Resort confirms that the program is free\, open to all ages\, and requires no advance registration or purchase. \nFamilies can expect a mix of outdoor play\, nature-based crafts\, a short forest walk\, scavenger-style activities\, and appearances by Biggie the Bear. Parents must sign children in and remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area while the program is underway. \nBecause the event lasts only two hours\, it is easy to combine with a broader family weekend in Big Bear. Staying in an A Chalet cabin gives families time to arrive the night before\, enjoy the activity without rushing\, prepare meals at the cabin\, and add another family-friendly outing before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost weekend. \nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost\n\n\nSeason\nSelect dates from June 5 through October 4\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining dates as of September 10\nSaturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\n\n\nTime\n12:00 PM-2:00 PM\n\n\nLocation\nSnow Summit base area\, near Adventure Academy by the Climbing Wall\n\n\nAddress\n880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdmission\nFree\n\n\nAdvance registration\nNot required\n\n\nAge requirement\nOpen to all ages\n\n\nParent supervision\nParents must sign children in and remain nearby in the base area\n\n\nRecommended footwear\nClosed-toe or comfortable walking shoes\n\n\nWater and snacks\nNot provided; bring your own\n\n\nParking\nParking is available at Snow Summit\n\n\nContact\nBig Bear Mountain Resort\n\n\nPhone\n844-GO2-BEAR\n\n\nOfficial event page\nBig Bear Mountain Resort Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\n\n\n\nWhat Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost is a free outdoor family program hosted by Big Bear Mountain Resort at Snow Summit. It is designed to get children away from screens for part of the afternoon and into a mountain setting with crafts\, movement\, nature\, and group activities. \nThe resort describes the program as suitable for everyone\, regardless of age. Its current information makes the point clearly: children\, teens\, and adults can all participate. \nRather than operating like a formal summer camp with advance enrollment\, Biggie’s Adventure Outpost is structured as a flexible drop-in activity. Families simply arrive at the Snow Summit base area\, sign children in\, and join the scheduled program. \nEach event date can feature a slightly different combination of crafts and nature activities\, which keeps the experience from being identical every time. \nWhen and Where Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place on select dates during Snow Summit’s summer operating season. \nVisit Big Bear lists the recurring 2026 season as running from June 5 through October 4\, always from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nAs of September 10\, the final remaining dates are: \n\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\nSunday\, October 4\, 2026\n\nThe program meets near the Adventure Academy by the Climbing Wall in the Snow Summit base area. \nThe venue address is: \nSnow Summit\n880 Summit Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nSnow Summit’s 2026 summer operating calendar also confirms that October 4 is the final day of the resort’s summer season\, making that Sunday session the last scheduled Biggie’s Adventure Outpost activity of the season. \nWhat Is the October 3–4 Schedule?\nBig Bear Mountain Resort has published a detailed outline for the October 3 program\, and the Sunday event is promoted as the final free youth activity session of the season. \nThe October schedule includes: \n\n12:00 PM-12:15 PM: Look out for Biggie the Bear\n12:15 PM-12:45 PM: Nature walk through the forest\n12:45 PM-1:00 PM: Bathroom break\n1:00 PM-2:00 PM: Craft and nature activities\n1:30 PM-2:00 PM: Another scheduled Biggie appearance\n\nThe resort also lists a cooperative parachute activity designed around teamwork\, coordination\, and movement. \nSchedule details can change due to operations\, weather\, or other resort needs\, so families should check the live event page shortly before arrival. \nWhat Activities Can Kids Expect?\nThe program mixes creative projects with outdoor exploration rather than focusing on one single attraction. \nCurrent Big Bear Mountain Resort information lists activities such as: \n\nRock hunts\nRock painting\nPinecone bird feeders\nBingo scavenger hunts\nNature painting\nForest walks\nLarge-group parachute activities\nBiggie the Bear appearances\n\nEach date is described as featuring a unique craft and nature walk\, so not every activity is guaranteed at every session. \nFor children who enjoy both making things and exploring outside\, that variety is one of the event’s main strengths. A child who loses interest in a craft may still enjoy the nature walk or mascot appearance\, while another may prefer sitting down and painting. \nIs Biggie’s Adventure Outpost Really Free?\nYes. Big Bear Mountain Resort describes Biggie’s Adventure Outpost as 100% free. \nNo advance sign-up\, registration fee\, activity purchase\, or reservation is required for the program itself. \nThat makes it one of the easier family activities to add to a Big Bear itinerary because parents do not need to commit to a paid package in advance. \nOther Snow Summit attractions\, food\, rentals\, lift access\, or activities outside Biggie’s Adventure Outpost may have their own costs. Free participation in the Outpost should not be interpreted as free access to every attraction at Snow Summit. \nDo Parents Need to Stay?\nYes. Parents or guardians must sign children in before participation. \nThe resort states that adults do not need to hover beside the group during every activity\, but they must remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area in case their child needs them. \nThis is therefore not a drop-off childcare program. \nParents should plan to stay at the resort for the full two-hour activity window and remain close enough to respond if staff need them. \nWhat Ages Can Participate?\nBig Bear Mountain Resort currently states that all ages are welcome. \nThe event is described as a youth activity afternoon\, but there is no published age\, height\, or size restriction for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost itself. \nThe resort even emphasizes that whether a participant is 5\, 15\, or 50\, they are welcome to join. \nThis makes the program particularly useful for families with children of different ages because older siblings do not necessarily need to sit on the sidelines. \nKeep in mind that nearby paid Snow Summit attractions may have their own height\, weight\, and age rules. Those restrictions are separate from Biggie’s Adventure Outpost. \nCan You Meet Biggie the Bear?\nYes. Biggie\, Big Bear Mountain Resort’s mascot\, is scheduled to make appearances during the October 3–4 weekend. \nThe current mascot schedule lists Biggie at Adventure Outpost from: \n\n12:00 PM-12:15 PM\n1:30 PM-2:00 PM\n\nBiggie also has additional scheduled appearances at Biggie’s Den later in the afternoon. \nThe resort notes that mascot schedules can change at any time\, so families who consider meeting Biggie the highlight of the trip should check the live schedule before heading to Snow Summit. \nBring your own phone or camera if you want photos. \nWhat Should Families Bring?\nThe resort specifically recommends comfortable walking shoes and layers for mountain weather. \nA practical family packing list includes: \n\nClosed-toe or comfortable walking shoes\nLayers for changing mountain temperatures\nWater for each family member\nSnacks\nSun protection\nA hat\nA phone or camera\nA small backpack for personal items\nAny medications children may need\nExtra clothing for younger children if they get messy during crafts\n\nWater and snacks are not provided during the activity\, according to Big Bear Mountain Resort\, so families should bring their own. \nClosed-toe footwear is particularly sensible because part of the program may include a short forest walk and outdoor play on uneven mountain surfaces. \nWhat Is the Nature Walk Like?\nThe October schedule includes a roughly 30-minute nature walk through the forest\, from 12:15 PM to 12:45 PM. \nThe event page does not publish a mileage\, elevation gain\, or technical trail rating for this short activity\, so families should treat it as a supervised program walk rather than a separately documented hiking route. \nComfortable footwear is recommended\, and parents should consider whether their child is comfortable walking outdoors for that period. \nIf a child has a mobility limitation or another accessibility need\, contact Big Bear Mountain Resort before attending so you can confirm how the specific day’s walk and activity area may work for them. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nParking is available at the Snow Summit parking lot. \nBecause parents need to sign children in\, do not plan to arrive exactly at noon. Allow time to park\, walk to the Adventure Academy area\, use the restroom if necessary\, and complete sign-in before activities begin. \nThe program meets near the Climbing Wall in the Snow Summit base area\, so follow resort signage after parking. \nSnow Summit can be active with other summer operations at the same time\, especially on October 3–4 when the Bike Park and other base-area activities are still operating. Follow staff directions and do not assume every open space is available for event parking. \nWhat Else Is Open at Snow Summit?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place during Snow Summit’s summer operating season. \nCurrent 2026 operating information shows that Basecamp summer activities shift to Friday-Sunday operations from September 8 through October 4\, generally from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nDepending on current operations\, Snow Summit’s separate paid summer attractions can include activities such as climbing\, tubing\, bungee experiences\, and other Basecamp options. \nThese are not included automatically with Biggie’s Adventure Outpost. Each attraction may have its own price\, height\, weight\, footwear\, or participation rules. \nSunday\, October 4 is also the currently scheduled closing day for Snow Summit’s 2026 summer operations\, so families visiting on the final Biggie’s date may find a particularly active end-of-season atmosphere at the resort. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nFriday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor the October 3 session\, arrive Friday afternoon or evening and settle into your cabin before the weekend begins. \nHave dinner\, check the weather\, and set out walking shoes\, water bottles\, and layers so the family is ready for Saturday without a rushed morning. \nSaturday Morning: Keep It Easy\nSince Biggie’s Adventure Outpost does not begin until noon\, families have time for a relaxed breakfast. \nYou could spend the morning at the cabin\, take a short stroll appropriate for current conditions\, or explore Big Bear Lake without committing to a long activity before heading to Snow Summit. \nSaturday Afternoon: Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nArrive ahead of noon\, sign children in\, and enjoy the two-hour activity period. \nFamilies can expect the program to move between mascot time\, outdoor exploration\, crafts\, and group activities. \nBecause parents need to stay nearby\, use the afternoon as family time rather than planning to leave Snow Summit while children participate. \nCheck A Chalet availability for the October 3–4 weekend. \nSaturday Evening: Relax at the Cabin\nAfter an afternoon outdoors\, return to your cabin for a quieter evening. \nA vacation rental with a kitchen can make dinner simple for families who would rather not coordinate another restaurant stop after a busy day. \nSunday: Return for the Final Session or Explore Big Bear\nIf your children enjoyed Saturday’s program\, the final 2026 Biggie’s Adventure Outpost session is scheduled for Sunday\, October 4 from noon to 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can also choose a different Sunday activity and treat Biggie’s as the centerpiece of Saturday instead. \nBecause October 4 is Snow Summit’s final scheduled summer operating day\, check current resort conditions before returning. \nWhere to Stay for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nSince Biggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place at Snow Summit in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice for an event-focused family stay. Big Bear City can also work well for families who find a cabin there that better suits their size or preferred amenities. \nOne verified Big Bear Lake option is Conklin Canopy\, currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nThe current listing verifies a fully equipped kitchen\, game room\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. For families\, the game room and shared living space can be useful after a day at Snow Summit\, while the kitchen makes breakfast and dinner easier to manage around a midday event. \nA Chalet’s current collection also includes smaller two-bedroom options and larger four-bedroom cabins for multigenerational groups or families traveling together. \nAlways review the live property page before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking limits\, child suitability\, pet policies\, and amenities. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026. \nTips for Booking a Family Weekend Cabin\nStay Friday night for the Saturday session. That removes the need for a morning drive into the mountains before a noon activity. \nChoose Big Bear Lake first. Snow Summit is in Big Bear Lake\, making a local cabin the simplest option. \nLook for a verified kitchen. Families can prepare breakfast\, pack snacks and water\, and return for dinner after the activity. \nCheck parking capacity. Multigenerational families or groups traveling in separate vehicles should confirm how many cars the rental allows. \nRemember that Biggie’s is not childcare. Build the day around parents remaining at Snow Summit during the program. \nPack for mountain weather. The event is outdoors\, and October temperatures can change considerably throughout the day. \nRecheck the event schedule before leaving. Mascot appearances and resort operations can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026?\nThe program runs on select dates from June through October 4\, 2026. As of September 10\, the final scheduled sessions are Saturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\, from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nIt takes place at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, near the Adventure Academy and Climbing Wall in the base area. \nIs Biggie’s Adventure Outpost Free?\nYes. Big Bear Mountain Resort confirms that the program is completely free and requires no advance registration or purchase. \nWhat Ages Can Participate?\nAll ages are welcome. The resort does not publish an age\, size\, or height restriction for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost itself. \nDo Parents Have to Stay?\nYes. Parents must sign children in and remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area throughout the activity. This is not a drop-off program. \nWhat Should Families Bring?\nBring comfortable or closed-toe walking shoes\, layers\, water\, snacks\, sun protection\, and any personal items your children need. Water and snacks are not provided. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient choice for an activity at Snow Summit\, while Big Bear City is also practical. Staying overnight gives families a slower morning\, a comfortable place to return after the event\, and time to enjoy another Big Bear activity before heading home. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost weekend. \nPlan Your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear Lake. The free two-hour program combines nature\, crafts\, movement\, mascot appearances\, and outdoor play at the Snow Summit base area. \nThe final currently scheduled dates are October 3 and October 4 from noon to 2:00 PM. No advance registration or purchase is required\, although parents must sign children in and remain nearby during the activity. \nFor families\, the overnight option can make the entire experience more relaxed. Arrive the day before\, have breakfast at the cabin\, spend the afternoon with Biggie and the activity team\, then return to your rental instead of immediately starting the drive home. \nA Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups looking for a comfortable base during a mountain weekend. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/biggies-adventure-outpost-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14058-1791046800-1791057600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-20/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261003T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14059-1791050400-1791061200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-10/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14061-1791072000-1791072000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-34/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14060-1791072000-1791072000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-22/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T100000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:13899-1791108000-1791122400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Moonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery
DESCRIPTION:Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery 2026: Date\, Art Show\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMoonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery 2026 takes place on Sunday\, October 4\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM at the Destination Big Bear Event Center\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe gallery showcases artwork created during the Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out on Saturday\, October 3\, part of Visit Big Bear’s expanded 2026 Plein Air Art Competition programming. Visitors are invited to browse paintings inspired by the Big Bear landscape\, and displayed artwork is available for purchase. \nThe Moonridge Corridor event is one of several public galleries in the 2026 plein air season\, which also includes the Artist’s Best Work en Plein Air gallery in September and the main Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition gallery in October. \nNo public admission fee is currently listed for the October 4 gallery. Parking is available at the Destination Big Bear Event Center. \nFor travelers\, the Sunday gallery is easy to build into an October mountain weekend. Stay Saturday night in an A Chalet cabin\, enjoy the Moonridge area and other Big Bear activities\, then spend Sunday morning viewing locally inspired art before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for the Moonridge Corridor gallery weekend. \nMoonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMoonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery\n\n\nDate\nSunday\, October 4\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n10:00 AM-2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nDestination Big Bear Event Center\n\n\nAddress\n713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nWhat is displayed\nPlein air artwork associated with the October 3 Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out\n\n\nArtwork sales\nDisplayed artwork is available for purchase\n\n\nAdmission\nNo public admission fee is currently listed\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Destination Big Bear Event Center\n\n\nRelated event\n2026 Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition and Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOfficial information\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery?\nThe Moonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery is a one-day public art exhibition connected with the 2026 Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition. \n“En plein air” refers to painting outdoors\, directly from the landscape rather than working entirely from photographs or inside a studio. For artists\, that means responding to changing light\, weather\, color\, atmosphere\, and scenery in real time. \nThe Moonridge Corridor event gives participating artists an opportunity to paint the area on Saturday\, October 3 and then present that work to the public in a gallery setting the following day. \nVisitors do not need to be artists or competition participants. The public is specifically invited to attend the associated galleries\, view the paintings\, meet the broader Big Bear art community\, and purchase artwork that speaks to them. \nHow Does the Gallery Fit Into the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe 2026 Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition includes a new expanded program called the Festival of Artist Events. \nRather than concentrating every activity into the final competition gallery\, the festival includes several paint-outs\, gallery shows\, and specialty opportunities throughout the season. \nThe official 2026 program includes: \n\nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery on September 18-19\nThe Village Big Bear Lake Paint-Out on September 19\nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out on October 3\nMoonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery on October 4\nMain Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery from October 14-17\nMain competition awards on October 18\n\nThis structure gives visitors multiple opportunities to see fresh artwork throughout the fall rather than waiting for one final exhibition. \nWhen and Where Is the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery?\nThe gallery is scheduled for: \nSunday\, October 4\, 2026\n10:00 AM to 2:00 PM \nat: \nDestination Big Bear Event Center\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe current Visit Big Bear events calendar also lists the gallery on October 4 at the same address\, confirming the published date and venue. \nThe structured event export shows October 3 because of its date-field formatting\, but the public-facing event date is Sunday\, October 4\, 2026. October 3 is the associated Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out day. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe focus is straightforward: fresh plein air artwork inspired by Big Bear and the Moonridge Corridor. \nVisitors can expect to: \n\nWalk through the gallery at their own pace\nView paintings created in connection with the Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out\nSee artists’ interpretations of local mountain scenery\nExperience the broader 2026 Big Bear plein air program\nPurchase artwork that is offered for sale\n\nThe event is not currently advertised as a formal awards ceremony\, workshop\, lecture\, or guided gallery tour. \nThat makes it easy to fit into a Sunday itinerary. You can stop in for a shorter visit or spend more time looking closely at the paintings and considering a purchase. \nWill the Artwork Be for Sale?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that artwork displayed in its 2026 plein air pop-up galleries is available for purchase. \nFor collectors\, this is one of the most compelling reasons to attend in person. Plein air paintings capture a specific moment in the Big Bear landscape\, so each piece can serve as a distinctive reminder of the mountain environment rather than a mass-produced souvenir. \nThe event does not currently publish individual artwork prices\, accepted payment methods\, shipping arrangements\, or purchase procedures. \nIf you plan to buy a piece\, ask gallery staff about payment\, pickup\, and any applicable sales terms before completing the purchase. \nWhat Is the Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out?\nThe gallery follows a dedicated Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out on Saturday\, October 3\, 2026. \nThat event invites participating plein air artists to work in the Moonridge area\, interpreting the neighborhood and surrounding mountain scenery through painting. \nThe official Plein Air Art Competition page also lists a $500 Best of Show award connected with the Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out and gallery. \nFor visitors\, the important distinction is that Saturday is primarily the artist paint-out day\, while Sunday\, October 4 is the public gallery day. \nWhat Makes Plein Air Art Interesting to See in Big Bear?\nBig Bear is particularly well suited to plein air painting because the landscape changes dramatically with light\, elevation\, weather\, and season. \nArtists may interpret pine-covered slopes\, mountain architecture\, fall color\, lake views\, neighborhood scenes\, rocky terrain\, or the distinctive light of a high-elevation Southern California community. \nUnlike a photograph\, a plein air painting reflects both the physical landscape and the artist’s choices about color\, composition\, atmosphere\, and emphasis. \nThat can make the gallery interesting even for visitors who do not normally attend art shows. You may recognize familiar Big Bear scenery while seeing it interpreted in ways you would not notice during an ordinary drive or walk. \nIs the Gallery Open to the Public?\nYes. Visit Big Bear explicitly invites the public to attend its 2026 pop-up plein air galleries\, including the Moonridge Corridor show. \nThe event is intended for art enthusiasts\, collectors\, community members\, and visitors who simply want to experience Big Bear through local and visiting artists’ work. \nNo invitation\, artist registration\, or competition participation is required to browse the public gallery. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nNo public ticket price or admission requirement is currently listed for the Moonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery. \nBecause the official page invites visitors to attend the galleries without publishing an admission charge\, travelers can currently plan for an open public gallery experience. \nIf Visit Big Bear adds registration or entry information closer to October 4\, follow the current event page rather than older listings. \nWhat Is the Destination Big Bear Event Center?\nThe Destination Big Bear Event Center is a dedicated event venue at 713 Stocker Road in Big Bear Lake. \nCurrent Visit Big Bear venue information describes approximately 3\,400 square feet of floor space plus a 636-square-foot stage\, for roughly 4\,000 square feet of total event space. \nThe venue is used for meetings\, celebrations\, presentations\, community events\, and gallery-style programs such as the 2026 plein air exhibitions. \nThe same event center also hosts the main Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition gallery later in October\, making it a central exhibition location for the year’s art program. \nWhere Should You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Destination Big Bear Event Center. \nBecause Sunday gallery hours run from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM\, it is still wise to arrive with a little extra time in case other weekend activities increase traffic nearby. \nUse designated spaces\, follow posted signs\, and avoid blocking neighboring properties or access routes. \nIf parking instructions change for the event\, follow on-site staff directions. \nHow Long Should You Plan to Spend at the Gallery?\nNo fixed visit length is required. \nA casual visitor might spend 30 to 60 minutes browsing\, while collectors or art enthusiasts may want longer to study individual paintings and speak with event staff or participating artists if they are present. \nBecause the gallery remains open for four hours\, you can easily fit it between breakfast and lunch or make it the central activity of a relaxed Sunday morning. \nIs the Moonridge Corridor Gallery Family-Friendly?\nNo age restriction is currently published\, and the gallery format is appropriate for families interested in art. \nChildren can see how artists interpret familiar mountain scenery and learn what outdoor painting looks like as a finished product. \nParents should supervise younger children around displayed and for-sale artwork and remind them not to touch paintings unless staff specifically allows it. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThe gallery requires very little preparation\, but useful items may include: \n\nA payment method if you may purchase artwork\nA phone for noting artist names or pieces you like\, if permitted\nA light layer for changing October mountain weather\nComfortable shoes\nAny questions you want to ask about the artists or competition\n\nThe flyer image associated with the event is representative artwork rather than a guarantee of exactly which paintings will appear in the gallery\, so attend expecting a fresh selection from participating artists. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery\nSaturday: Arrive and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear on Saturday and check into your A Chalet cabin. \nThe associated Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out takes place that day\, so you may encounter artists working outdoors in the area. Give painters space to work and avoid interrupting active competition sessions. \nSpend the rest of Saturday exploring Big Bear Lake\, enjoying a meal\, or relaxing at the cabin. \nSaturday Evening: Settle Into Your Cabin\nAn overnight stay gives you a comfortable base before the Sunday gallery. \nCook dinner\, unwind with your group\, and enjoy an unhurried mountain evening instead of making an early Sunday drive from Southern California. \nSunday Morning: Visit the Gallery\nHave breakfast at the cabin and head to the Destination Big Bear Event Center for the 10:00 AM opening. \nBrowse the Moonridge-inspired paintings\, consider purchasing a piece\, and take your time comparing different artistic interpretations of Big Bear. \nSunday Afternoon: Add Another Big Bear Experience\nAfter the gallery closes at 2:00 PM\, use the rest of the afternoon for a relaxed local activity. \nYou could explore The Village\, enjoy a scenic drive\, or spend more time at your cabin before departure. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the October 3-4 art weekend. \nWhere to Stay for the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery\nBecause the gallery is in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet rental in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient base for the weekend. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger family or group of art-loving friends\, Conklin Canopy is a current Big Bear Lake property with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nIts verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is especially useful for an event weekend because you can arrive Saturday\, enjoy Big Bear without rushing\, visit the gallery Sunday morning\, and relax afterward before heading home. \nAlways check the current A Chalet listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, amenities\, parking limits\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for the Moonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery weekend. \nTips for Booking an Art Weekend Cabin\nArrive Saturday if you can. The gallery opens at 10:00 AM Sunday\, so staying overnight avoids an early drive up the mountain. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. The gallery is held at 713 Stocker Road\, making Big Bear Lake the most practical A Chalet destination. \nLeave room in your vehicle. If you are seriously considering purchasing artwork\, extra cargo space may be helpful for transporting a piece safely. \nAsk before transporting purchased artwork. Confirm whether a painting can be taken immediately or must remain on display until a designated pickup time. \nCheck the live gallery schedule. Event information is current for October 4\, but schedules can still change. \nConsider the broader plein air calendar. If you enjoy the Moonridge gallery\, the main competition gallery runs later in October. \nStay an extra night if your schedule allows. A Sunday-night stay can make the weekend even more relaxed and avoid leaving immediately after the gallery. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery 2026?\nThe gallery takes place on Sunday\, October 4\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is the Gallery?\nThe event is at the Destination Big Bear Event Center\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWhat Is the Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out?\nThe Paint-Out is the artist portion of the event on Saturday\, October 3. Participating plein air artists create work inspired by the Moonridge area\, with the public gallery following on Sunday. \nIs There an Admission Fee?\nNo public admission fee is currently listed. Visit Big Bear invites the public to attend the 2026 pop-up galleries. \nCan You Buy the Artwork?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that artwork displayed at the plein air galleries is available for purchase. Individual prices and purchase arrangements are handled at the event. \nIs the Gallery Family-Friendly?\nNo age restriction is currently published. Families are welcome to browse\, although children should be supervised around displayed artwork. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient base for the October 3-4 weekend. Staying Saturday night lets you enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace and reach the Sunday morning gallery without an early mountain drive. \nCheck A Chalet availability for the Moonridge Corridor art weekend. \nPlan Your Moonridge Corridor en Plein Air Gallery 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMoonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery 2026 gives visitors a chance to see Big Bear through artists’ eyes on Sunday\, October 4\, from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM. \nThe gallery at the Destination Big Bear Event Center showcases work connected with the October 3 Moonridge Corridor Paint-Out\, and displayed artwork is available for purchase. No public admission fee is currently listed. \nFor art lovers\, couples\, and families\, the event makes an easy centerpiece for a fall weekend in the mountains. Arrive Saturday\, enjoy Big Bear\, spend Sunday morning browsing locally inspired paintings\, and return to a comfortable cabin before your trip home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Moonridge Corridor en plein air Gallery 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-4__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T120000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14062-1791115200-1791122400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Biggie’s Adventure Outpost
DESCRIPTION:Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 is a series of free youth activity afternoons at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The program runs on select summer dates from June through early October\, with each session scheduled from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nAs of September 10\, the final currently published dates are Saturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\, 2026. Big Bear Mountain Resort confirms that the program is free\, open to all ages\, and requires no advance registration or purchase. \nFamilies can expect a mix of outdoor play\, nature-based crafts\, a short forest walk\, scavenger-style activities\, and appearances by Biggie the Bear. Parents must sign children in and remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area while the program is underway. \nBecause the event lasts only two hours\, it is easy to combine with a broader family weekend in Big Bear. Staying in an A Chalet cabin gives families time to arrive the night before\, enjoy the activity without rushing\, prepare meals at the cabin\, and add another family-friendly outing before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost weekend. \nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost\n\n\nSeason\nSelect dates from June 5 through October 4\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining dates as of September 10\nSaturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\n\n\nTime\n12:00 PM-2:00 PM\n\n\nLocation\nSnow Summit base area\, near Adventure Academy by the Climbing Wall\n\n\nAddress\n880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdmission\nFree\n\n\nAdvance registration\nNot required\n\n\nAge requirement\nOpen to all ages\n\n\nParent supervision\nParents must sign children in and remain nearby in the base area\n\n\nRecommended footwear\nClosed-toe or comfortable walking shoes\n\n\nWater and snacks\nNot provided; bring your own\n\n\nParking\nParking is available at Snow Summit\n\n\nContact\nBig Bear Mountain Resort\n\n\nPhone\n844-GO2-BEAR\n\n\nOfficial event page\nBig Bear Mountain Resort Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\n\n\n\nWhat Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost is a free outdoor family program hosted by Big Bear Mountain Resort at Snow Summit. It is designed to get children away from screens for part of the afternoon and into a mountain setting with crafts\, movement\, nature\, and group activities. \nThe resort describes the program as suitable for everyone\, regardless of age. Its current information makes the point clearly: children\, teens\, and adults can all participate. \nRather than operating like a formal summer camp with advance enrollment\, Biggie’s Adventure Outpost is structured as a flexible drop-in activity. Families simply arrive at the Snow Summit base area\, sign children in\, and join the scheduled program. \nEach event date can feature a slightly different combination of crafts and nature activities\, which keeps the experience from being identical every time. \nWhen and Where Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place on select dates during Snow Summit’s summer operating season. \nVisit Big Bear lists the recurring 2026 season as running from June 5 through October 4\, always from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nAs of September 10\, the final remaining dates are: \n\nSaturday\, October 3\, 2026\nSunday\, October 4\, 2026\n\nThe program meets near the Adventure Academy by the Climbing Wall in the Snow Summit base area. \nThe venue address is: \nSnow Summit\n880 Summit Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nSnow Summit’s 2026 summer operating calendar also confirms that October 4 is the final day of the resort’s summer season\, making that Sunday session the last scheduled Biggie’s Adventure Outpost activity of the season. \nWhat Is the October 3–4 Schedule?\nBig Bear Mountain Resort has published a detailed outline for the October 3 program\, and the Sunday event is promoted as the final free youth activity session of the season. \nThe October schedule includes: \n\n12:00 PM-12:15 PM: Look out for Biggie the Bear\n12:15 PM-12:45 PM: Nature walk through the forest\n12:45 PM-1:00 PM: Bathroom break\n1:00 PM-2:00 PM: Craft and nature activities\n1:30 PM-2:00 PM: Another scheduled Biggie appearance\n\nThe resort also lists a cooperative parachute activity designed around teamwork\, coordination\, and movement. \nSchedule details can change due to operations\, weather\, or other resort needs\, so families should check the live event page shortly before arrival. \nWhat Activities Can Kids Expect?\nThe program mixes creative projects with outdoor exploration rather than focusing on one single attraction. \nCurrent Big Bear Mountain Resort information lists activities such as: \n\nRock hunts\nRock painting\nPinecone bird feeders\nBingo scavenger hunts\nNature painting\nForest walks\nLarge-group parachute activities\nBiggie the Bear appearances\n\nEach date is described as featuring a unique craft and nature walk\, so not every activity is guaranteed at every session. \nFor children who enjoy both making things and exploring outside\, that variety is one of the event’s main strengths. A child who loses interest in a craft may still enjoy the nature walk or mascot appearance\, while another may prefer sitting down and painting. \nIs Biggie’s Adventure Outpost Really Free?\nYes. Big Bear Mountain Resort describes Biggie’s Adventure Outpost as 100% free. \nNo advance sign-up\, registration fee\, activity purchase\, or reservation is required for the program itself. \nThat makes it one of the easier family activities to add to a Big Bear itinerary because parents do not need to commit to a paid package in advance. \nOther Snow Summit attractions\, food\, rentals\, lift access\, or activities outside Biggie’s Adventure Outpost may have their own costs. Free participation in the Outpost should not be interpreted as free access to every attraction at Snow Summit. \nDo Parents Need to Stay?\nYes. Parents or guardians must sign children in before participation. \nThe resort states that adults do not need to hover beside the group during every activity\, but they must remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area in case their child needs them. \nThis is therefore not a drop-off childcare program. \nParents should plan to stay at the resort for the full two-hour activity window and remain close enough to respond if staff need them. \nWhat Ages Can Participate?\nBig Bear Mountain Resort currently states that all ages are welcome. \nThe event is described as a youth activity afternoon\, but there is no published age\, height\, or size restriction for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost itself. \nThe resort even emphasizes that whether a participant is 5\, 15\, or 50\, they are welcome to join. \nThis makes the program particularly useful for families with children of different ages because older siblings do not necessarily need to sit on the sidelines. \nKeep in mind that nearby paid Snow Summit attractions may have their own height\, weight\, and age rules. Those restrictions are separate from Biggie’s Adventure Outpost. \nCan You Meet Biggie the Bear?\nYes. Biggie\, Big Bear Mountain Resort’s mascot\, is scheduled to make appearances during the October 3–4 weekend. \nThe current mascot schedule lists Biggie at Adventure Outpost from: \n\n12:00 PM-12:15 PM\n1:30 PM-2:00 PM\n\nBiggie also has additional scheduled appearances at Biggie’s Den later in the afternoon. \nThe resort notes that mascot schedules can change at any time\, so families who consider meeting Biggie the highlight of the trip should check the live schedule before heading to Snow Summit. \nBring your own phone or camera if you want photos. \nWhat Should Families Bring?\nThe resort specifically recommends comfortable walking shoes and layers for mountain weather. \nA practical family packing list includes: \n\nClosed-toe or comfortable walking shoes\nLayers for changing mountain temperatures\nWater for each family member\nSnacks\nSun protection\nA hat\nA phone or camera\nA small backpack for personal items\nAny medications children may need\nExtra clothing for younger children if they get messy during crafts\n\nWater and snacks are not provided during the activity\, according to Big Bear Mountain Resort\, so families should bring their own. \nClosed-toe footwear is particularly sensible because part of the program may include a short forest walk and outdoor play on uneven mountain surfaces. \nWhat Is the Nature Walk Like?\nThe October schedule includes a roughly 30-minute nature walk through the forest\, from 12:15 PM to 12:45 PM. \nThe event page does not publish a mileage\, elevation gain\, or technical trail rating for this short activity\, so families should treat it as a supervised program walk rather than a separately documented hiking route. \nComfortable footwear is recommended\, and parents should consider whether their child is comfortable walking outdoors for that period. \nIf a child has a mobility limitation or another accessibility need\, contact Big Bear Mountain Resort before attending so you can confirm how the specific day’s walk and activity area may work for them. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nParking is available at the Snow Summit parking lot. \nBecause parents need to sign children in\, do not plan to arrive exactly at noon. Allow time to park\, walk to the Adventure Academy area\, use the restroom if necessary\, and complete sign-in before activities begin. \nThe program meets near the Climbing Wall in the Snow Summit base area\, so follow resort signage after parking. \nSnow Summit can be active with other summer operations at the same time\, especially on October 3–4 when the Bike Park and other base-area activities are still operating. Follow staff directions and do not assume every open space is available for event parking. \nWhat Else Is Open at Snow Summit?\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place during Snow Summit’s summer operating season. \nCurrent 2026 operating information shows that Basecamp summer activities shift to Friday-Sunday operations from September 8 through October 4\, generally from 10:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nDepending on current operations\, Snow Summit’s separate paid summer attractions can include activities such as climbing\, tubing\, bungee experiences\, and other Basecamp options. \nThese are not included automatically with Biggie’s Adventure Outpost. Each attraction may have its own price\, height\, weight\, footwear\, or participation rules. \nSunday\, October 4 is also the currently scheduled closing day for Snow Summit’s 2026 summer operations\, so families visiting on the final Biggie’s date may find a particularly active end-of-season atmosphere at the resort. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nFriday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor the October 3 session\, arrive Friday afternoon or evening and settle into your cabin before the weekend begins. \nHave dinner\, check the weather\, and set out walking shoes\, water bottles\, and layers so the family is ready for Saturday without a rushed morning. \nSaturday Morning: Keep It Easy\nSince Biggie’s Adventure Outpost does not begin until noon\, families have time for a relaxed breakfast. \nYou could spend the morning at the cabin\, take a short stroll appropriate for current conditions\, or explore Big Bear Lake without committing to a long activity before heading to Snow Summit. \nSaturday Afternoon: Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nArrive ahead of noon\, sign children in\, and enjoy the two-hour activity period. \nFamilies can expect the program to move between mascot time\, outdoor exploration\, crafts\, and group activities. \nBecause parents need to stay nearby\, use the afternoon as family time rather than planning to leave Snow Summit while children participate. \nCheck A Chalet availability for the October 3–4 weekend. \nSaturday Evening: Relax at the Cabin\nAfter an afternoon outdoors\, return to your cabin for a quieter evening. \nA vacation rental with a kitchen can make dinner simple for families who would rather not coordinate another restaurant stop after a busy day. \nSunday: Return for the Final Session or Explore Big Bear\nIf your children enjoyed Saturday’s program\, the final 2026 Biggie’s Adventure Outpost session is scheduled for Sunday\, October 4 from noon to 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can also choose a different Sunday activity and treat Biggie’s as the centerpiece of Saturday instead. \nBecause October 4 is Snow Summit’s final scheduled summer operating day\, check current resort conditions before returning. \nWhere to Stay for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost\nSince Biggie’s Adventure Outpost takes place at Snow Summit in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice for an event-focused family stay. Big Bear City can also work well for families who find a cabin there that better suits their size or preferred amenities. \nOne verified Big Bear Lake option is Conklin Canopy\, currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nThe current listing verifies a fully equipped kitchen\, game room\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. For families\, the game room and shared living space can be useful after a day at Snow Summit\, while the kitchen makes breakfast and dinner easier to manage around a midday event. \nA Chalet’s current collection also includes smaller two-bedroom options and larger four-bedroom cabins for multigenerational groups or families traveling together. \nAlways review the live property page before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking limits\, child suitability\, pet policies\, and amenities. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026. \nTips for Booking a Family Weekend Cabin\nStay Friday night for the Saturday session. That removes the need for a morning drive into the mountains before a noon activity. \nChoose Big Bear Lake first. Snow Summit is in Big Bear Lake\, making a local cabin the simplest option. \nLook for a verified kitchen. Families can prepare breakfast\, pack snacks and water\, and return for dinner after the activity. \nCheck parking capacity. Multigenerational families or groups traveling in separate vehicles should confirm how many cars the rental allows. \nRemember that Biggie’s is not childcare. Build the day around parents remaining at Snow Summit during the program. \nPack for mountain weather. The event is outdoors\, and October temperatures can change considerably throughout the day. \nRecheck the event schedule before leaving. Mascot appearances and resort operations can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026?\nThe program runs on select dates from June through October 4\, 2026. As of September 10\, the final scheduled sessions are Saturday\, October 3 and Sunday\, October 4\, from 12:00 PM to 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nIt takes place at Snow Summit\, 880 Summit Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, near the Adventure Academy and Climbing Wall in the base area. \nIs Biggie’s Adventure Outpost Free?\nYes. Big Bear Mountain Resort confirms that the program is completely free and requires no advance registration or purchase. \nWhat Ages Can Participate?\nAll ages are welcome. The resort does not publish an age\, size\, or height restriction for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost itself. \nDo Parents Have to Stay?\nYes. Parents must sign children in and remain nearby in the Snow Summit base area throughout the activity. This is not a drop-off program. \nWhat Should Families Bring?\nBring comfortable or closed-toe walking shoes\, layers\, water\, snacks\, sun protection\, and any personal items your children need. Water and snacks are not provided. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most convenient choice for an activity at Snow Summit\, while Big Bear City is also practical. Staying overnight gives families a slower morning\, a comfortable place to return after the event\, and time to enjoy another Big Bear activity before heading home. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for Biggie’s Adventure Outpost weekend. \nPlan Your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nBiggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear Lake. The free two-hour program combines nature\, crafts\, movement\, mascot appearances\, and outdoor play at the Snow Summit base area. \nThe final currently scheduled dates are October 3 and October 4 from noon to 2:00 PM. No advance registration or purchase is required\, although parents must sign children in and remain nearby during the activity. \nFor families\, the overnight option can make the entire experience more relaxed. Arrive the day before\, have breakfast at the cabin\, spend the afternoon with Biggie and the activity team\, then return to your rental instead of immediately starting the drive home. \nA Chalet offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups looking for a comfortable base during a mountain weekend. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Biggie’s Adventure Outpost 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/biggies-adventure-outpost-3/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T140000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261004T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:14063-1791122400-1791126000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-18/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261005T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261005T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14064-1791158400-1791158400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-33/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14065-1791244800-1791244800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-32/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14066-1791291600-1791302400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:High Alti-Tuesdays - Live Music and Specials
DESCRIPTION:High Alti-Tuesdays 2026: Dates\, Live Music\, Barrel 33 Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is a recurring Tuesday live-music event at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The recurring program features Brad from SilverMoon playing laid-back music and crowd favorites while guests enjoy Barrel 33’s food\, wine\, beer\, cider\, and Tuesday specials. \nBarrel 33’s current official website promotes High Alti-Tuesday live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Visit Big Bear also lists the recurring event from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM and currently shows Tuesday dates extending through the fall and winter season. \nThere is one schedule detail worth checking before you go: Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music calendar lists Brad at 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on several September Tuesdays\, while the dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays page and Barrel 33’s own recurring-event information use 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. If hearing the entire set matters to you\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before heading over. \nThe dedicated event listing also promotes a $20 pretzel and draft beer special. Because restaurant promotions can change\, confirm the special when ordering. \nFor travelers spending a few weekdays in the mountains\, High Alti-Tuesdays can be an easy addition to a Big Bear getaway. Stay in an A Chalet cabin\, spend the morning outdoors or exploring The Village\, catch the afternoon music at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin for a relaxed evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays – Live Music and Specials\n\n\nDay\nEvery Tuesday on currently scheduled event dates\n\n\nPublished recurring time\n1:00 PM-4:00 PM\n\n\nPerformer\nBrad from SilverMoon\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent Tuesday special\n$20 pretzel + draft beer special\, as promoted on the dedicated event listing\n\n\nVenue type\nWine\, beer\, cider\, food\, retail\, and live-music venue\n\n\nAdmission\nNo separate live-music admission charge is currently published\n\n\nParking\nUse available parking in and around The Village and follow current posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear High Alti-Tuesdays\n\n\n\nWhat Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is Barrel 33’s recurring Tuesday afternoon live-music event in The Village at Big Bear Lake. \nThe concept is intentionally relaxed. Instead of a ticketed evening concert\, visitors can stop into Barrel 33 during the afternoon\, listen to live music\, order food or drinks\, and spend a few hours unwinding in the center of The Village. \nBrad from SilverMoon is the featured performer associated with the recurring Tuesday program. The event description characterizes the music as laid-back tunes and familiar\, good-time favorites\, fitting Barrel 33’s casual mountain atmosphere. \nThat makes High Alti-Tuesdays useful for visitors looking for something to do between daytime recreation and dinner. It can work as an après-ski stop in winter\, an afternoon break after hiking or shopping in warmer weather\, or simply the main activity on a slower midweek day. \nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place on Tuesdays\, with Barrel 33’s current website advertising the recurring live-music program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated event page currently lists the series across the 2026-27 season\, with upcoming dates including: \n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nOctober 6\, 2026\nOctober 13\, 2026\nOctober 20\, 2026\nOctober 27\, 2026\nNovember 3\, 2026\nNovember 10\, 2026\nNovember 17\, 2026\nNovember 24\, 2026\n\nThe recurring calendar continues beyond November\, so travelers visiting later in the winter should check the current event page rather than assuming the series has ended. \nThe structured export supplied for this event shifts the start date by a day\, but Tuesdays are the operative event days. For example\, September 15\, 2026 is a Tuesday. \nWhat Time Does the Live Music Start?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays information says 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Barrel 33’s own current homepage also promotes “High alti-Tuesday” live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music schedule lists Brad from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on September 15\, September 22\, and September 29\, as well as October 6. \nThat means travelers should distinguish between the broader High Alti-Tuesday event window and the performer time published on the date-specific music calendar. \nIf you are simply stopping in for food\, drinks\, and atmosphere\, arriving during the broader afternoon window is reasonable. If Brad’s live set is the primary reason for your visit\, call 909-878-0838 to confirm the performance time for your specific Tuesday. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe main draw is live music paired with Barrel 33’s regular food and beverage experience. \nVisitors can expect: \n\nLive Tuesday music featuring Brad from SilverMoon\nWine\, beer\, and cider options\nFood and shareable plates\nTuesday menu promotions\nThe currently promoted $20 pretzel and draft beer special\nA casual afternoon atmosphere in The Village\n\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, and eatery destination with rotating wine and draft selections\, food designed for sharing\, and recurring live music and community events. \nThe exact songs\, menu specials\, draft selection\, and food availability can change. Treat the event as a recurring experience rather than a fixed concert program with an identical set list and menu every week. \nWho Is Brad from SilverMoon?\nThe High Alti-Tuesdays listings identify the recurring performer as Brad from SilverMoon. \nCurrent event descriptions emphasize laid-back songs and crowd-friendly favorites rather than publishing a specific genre or set list. \nBrad also appears repeatedly on Barrel 33’s broader live-music calendar\, making him a regular part of the venue’s entertainment schedule. \nNo detailed official artist biography is currently published alongside the recurring event\, so visitors should avoid assuming a particular lineup\, genre mix\, or SilverMoon band configuration beyond the information Barrel 33 provides for the individual date. \nWhat Is the $20 Pretzel and Draft Beer Special?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays event listing promotes a $20 Pretzel + Draft Beer Special. \nIt is one of the food-and-beverage offers designed to accompany the Tuesday live-music program. \nBecause restaurant menus\, beer selections\, serving sizes\, and promotions can change\, confirm the current offer with Barrel 33 when you order. The published promotion should not be interpreted as guaranteeing every draft beer or every menu variation at that price. \nVisitors who do not drink alcohol can still attend the live-music event and order from the venue’s other available food and beverage choices. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate ticket price or live-music cover charge is currently published for the recurring High Alti-Tuesdays program. \nGuests should plan to pay for whatever food and beverages they order. \nThis is different from a ticketed concert where admission buys access to a dedicated performance space. High Alti-Tuesdays operates as live entertainment within Barrel 33’s normal restaurant and beverage-service environment. \nIf a particular Tuesday becomes a special event or carries different conditions\, follow the current Barrel 33 event information for that date. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nThe venue is located in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable commercial district with restaurants\, shops\, entertainment\, and visitor services. \nThat location makes the event easy to combine with an afternoon of browsing The Village rather than driving from attraction to attraction. \nBarrel 33’s current published hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 AM to 10:00 PM Friday and Saturday\, so Tuesday’s live-music period falls comfortably within normal operating hours. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe Village has public parking options\, and visitors should follow current signs\, posted time restrictions\, and any event-day directions. \nBecause Barrel 33 sits in a walkable commercial area\, you may not need to park immediately outside the venue. Parking once and exploring The Village on foot can be more convenient than moving your vehicle between nearby stops. \nAllow extra time during busy weekends\, holiday periods\, or winter recreation days when The Village may attract more visitors. \nNever use a private business lot unless signage indicates that parking is available for your visit. \nIs Barrel 33 Family-Friendly?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ says the Big Bear location is family-friendly\, particularly earlier in the day. \nThat is relevant to High Alti-Tuesdays because the live music occurs during the afternoon rather than late at night. \nBarrel 33’s focus includes wine and craft beverages\, but the venue describes itself as a relaxed community space where families are welcome. \nAlcoholic drinks\, of course\, are limited to guests who meet legal age requirements. Families should also consider whether an afternoon restaurant and live-music environment suits their individual children. \nIs Barrel 33 Pet-Friendly?\nVisit Big Bear currently identifies Barrel 33 as a pet-friendly business and lists patio/outdoor seating among its amenities. \nIf you plan to bring a dog\, contact Barrel 33 before your visit to confirm where pets may sit and whether weather conditions affect patio availability. \nKeep dogs leashed and under control\, and remember that live music\, crowds\, food service\, and other dogs can make a restaurant environment stimulating for some pets. \nIf your dog is uncomfortable around music or busy dining spaces\, relaxing at a pet-friendly cabin may be a better option. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a casual restaurant event\, so you do not need specialized gear. A few practical items can still help: \n\nA light layer or jacket for changing mountain temperatures\nValid identification if ordering alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nSunglasses or sun protection if sitting outside\nComfortable shoes if exploring The Village before or after\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog to an approved pet-friendly area\n\nIf you are coming directly from hiking\, skiing\, or another outdoor activity\, consider changing into clean\, dry clothing before heading to the restaurant. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of High Alti-Tuesdays\nMonday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor visitors with flexible schedules\, arriving Monday gives you a full Tuesday in the mountains without an early morning drive. \nCheck into your A Chalet cabin\, unpack\, have dinner\, and settle into the slower pace of a weekday stay. \nTuesday Morning: Explore Big Bear\nUse the morning for an activity appropriate to the season. \nIn warmer weather\, that might mean a walk\, a lake-oriented outing\, or time exploring local shops. In winter\, your morning may center on snow recreation or simply enjoying the mountain scenery. \nKeep the schedule flexible enough that you are not racing from a demanding activity to Barrel 33. \nTuesday Afternoon: High Alti-Tuesdays\nHead to The Village before the music window and find appropriate parking. \nSpend the afternoon at Barrel 33 enjoying Brad from SilverMoon\, food\, and whatever Tuesday specials are currently available. \nIf hearing Brad’s full set is important\, confirm the date-specific start time because September’s separate music calendar currently lists a shorter 1:30 PM-3:30 PM performance window within the broader 1:00 PM-4:00 PM High Alti-Tuesday period. \nTuesday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter the music\, take your time returning to your cabin rather than beginning a long drive down the mountain. \nA vacation rental gives you a comfortable place to make dinner\, play games\, watch a movie\, or simply unwind after an afternoon in The Village. \nIf anyone in your group consumes alcohol\, arrange safe transportation and never drive impaired. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Tuesday Big Bear getaway. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slow Morning\nAn extra night lets you enjoy breakfast at the cabin and another piece of Big Bear before checking out. \nThis can be particularly appealing for travelers who normally visit on crowded weekends. A midweek trip offers a different rhythm and makes High Alti-Tuesdays the centerpiece of a short mountain break. \nWhere to Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays 2026\nBecause Barrel 33 is in The Village in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most natural base for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is particularly useful for a midweek music getaway because there is no need to structure the entire trip around restaurants. Have breakfast at the rental\, enjoy Big Bear during the morning\, visit Barrel 33 in the afternoon\, and return to your own shared space for the evening. \nAlways check the live property listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nTips for Booking a High Alti-Tuesdays Cabin Getaway\nConsider Monday and Tuesday nights. That schedule gives you a full Tuesday without driving into or out of the mountains immediately around the event. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake cabin keeps your stay centered near the event. \nConfirm the music time. The recurring event window and date-specific September performance schedule currently differ slightly. \nCheck pet rules carefully. Barrel 33 is listed as pet-friendly\, and some A Chalet cabins accept pets\, but individual rental rules and fees vary. \nPlan transportation if drinking. A cabin stay does not eliminate the need for a safe ride between Barrel 33 and your rental. \nCheck current specials. The $20 pretzel and draft beer promotion is currently advertised\, but food-and-beverage offers can change. \nUse the weekday advantage. Rather than packing Tuesday with activities\, leave enough free time to enjoy the music and The Village at a relaxed pace. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a recurring Tuesday event at Barrel 33. The dedicated event information currently lists the program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM on scheduled Tuesdays. \nWhere Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe event takes place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWho Plays at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe recurring featured musician is Brad from SilverMoon\, with the event promoted around laid-back tunes and familiar favorites. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate admission or cover charge is currently published for the recurring live music. Guests pay for the food and beverages they order. \nWhat Is the Tuesday Special at Barrel 33?\nThe dedicated event listing currently advertises a $20 pretzel and draft beer special\, along with other menu and food-and-beverage deals. Confirm current availability when ordering. \nCan Families Attend High Alti-Tuesdays?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ describes its Big Bear location as family-friendly\, especially earlier in the day. Alcohol is restricted to guests of legal drinking age. \nWhere Should I Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an afternoon at Barrel 33. An overnight stay lets you enjoy the event without building a same-day mountain drive around the live-music schedule. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your High Alti-Tuesday trip. \nPlan Your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is an easygoing way to add live music to a weekday in Big Bear Lake. Head to Barrel 33 in The Village for an afternoon featuring Brad from SilverMoon\, food and drinks\, and the venue’s Tuesday promotions. \nThe recurring program is advertised from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM\, although some date-specific September listings currently show Brad performing from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Confirm the exact set time if the music is the main reason for your visit. \nPairing the event with an overnight cabin stay makes it easy to enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace. Arrive the day before\, explore Tuesday morning\, spend the afternoon at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin instead of immediately driving home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/high-alti-tuesdays-live-music-and-specials-9/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261006T190000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14072-1791306000-1791313200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 is a recurring food-and-music event at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe current event description separates the week into two experiences: Taco Tuesday runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM on Tuesdays\, while Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM on Sundays and features a live DJ. \nVisit Big Bear’s current calendar confirms the event at the Hilton property and shows recurring Tuesday listings extending through the 2026-27 season. However\, some of the tourism calendar’s recurrence metadata is inconsistent\, so visitors should use the event description for the Tuesday/Sunday format and verify their exact date before heading over. \nParking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. No admission charge\, cover fee\, taco pricing\, age restriction\, or reservation requirement is currently published in the event information\, so those details should be confirmed directly with the venue if they matter to your plans. \nFor travelers building an easy evening into a Big Bear getaway\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable home base before dinner and after the music\, especially if you want more space for a group or prefer preparing the rest of your meals at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear getaway. \nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\n\n\nTaco Tuesday\nTuesdays\, 5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nLatin Night\nSundays\, 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nTuesday experience\nTaco Tuesday evening\n\n\nSunday experience\nLatin Night with a live DJ\n\n\nAdmission\nNo cover charge or ticket requirement is currently published\n\n\nFood pricing\nNot currently published in the event listing\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\n\n\nAge policy\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published\n\n\nVenue phone\nHampton Inn: 909-866-0000; Home2 Suites: 909-866-0005\n\n\nCurrent visitor information\nVisit Big Bear – Hampton Inn Big Bear Lake\n\n\n\nWhat Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night is a recurring social event hosted at the shared Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites property on Big Bear Boulevard. \nRather than being one identical event repeated twice a week\, the listing describes two different experiences. \nTuesdays focus on Taco Tuesday\, giving locals and visitors an early-evening food option from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nSundays shift to Latin Night from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the event description specifically advertising a live DJ and a more music-focused atmosphere. \nThe format makes the event useful for travelers who want something casual to do in the evening without committing to a major festival\, concert\, or ticketed attraction. \nWhen Is Taco Tuesday in Big Bear Lake?\nThe event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current Hampton Inn directory confirms recurring Taco Tuesday & Latin Night calendar entries at the property\, including September 15\, September 22\, September 29\, and October 6\, 2026\, with additional Tuesday dates appearing beyond those. \nThe tourism calendar’s recurrence system occasionally displays unusual start and end ranges\, so visitors should not rely on one broad date span as proof that every Tuesday indefinitely is confirmed. \nIf you are planning around a specific Tuesday\, check the current Visit Big Bear calendar or call the Hilton property before going. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nThe supplied event description lists Latin Night every Sunday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nLatin Night is described as featuring a live DJ\, making it the more music-driven half of the recurring series. \nCurrent indexed Visit Big Bear results are clearer about the recurring Tuesday calendar entries than the individual Sunday listings\, so the Sunday schedule is best treated as the published event format while still being verified for a specific date. \nNo DJ name\, music lineup\, dance instruction\, or special performance schedule is currently published. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at the shared Hilton hotel property at: \nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear currently lists both hotels at this address. \nThe location sits along Big Bear Boulevard between the lake and the Snow Summit area\, making it convenient for travelers who are already spending the day elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Can You Expect on Taco Tuesday?\nThe current description keeps Taco Tuesday simple: come by for a Tuesday evening centered on tacos. \nNo current public listing confirms the taco menu\, price per taco\, drink specials\, service format\, vegetarian options\, or whether food is served from a dedicated restaurant\, bar\, or event station. \nBecause those details can change\, visitors who have dietary restrictions or are planning specifically around a dinner special should call the venue before arriving. \nThe 5:00 PM-7:00 PM window makes Taco Tuesday a useful early dinner stop before returning to a cabin\, visiting The Village\, or settling in for the evening. \nWhat Can You Expect on Latin Night?\nSunday’s Latin Night is advertised from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nThe description promotes a groovy\, social evening but does not currently publish a named DJ\, specific Latin music genres\, dance floor details\, lessons\, or a dress code. \nVisitors should therefore think of Latin Night as a casual DJ-centered hotel event rather than assume it is a formal salsa class\, nightclub event\, or ticketed dance production. \nIf dancing or a particular music style is important to you\, confirm that week’s programming directly with the venue. \nIs Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Free?\nNo ticket price or cover charge is currently listed in the public event information. \nThat does not mean all food and drinks are free. Taco Tuesday is a food event\, and normal charges for food and beverages should be expected unless the venue advertises a specific promotion. \nThe event listing also does not currently publish minimum purchase requirements or reservation requirements. \nFor the most accurate same-week information\, contact the hotel before attending. \nDo You Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is promoted on Visit Big Bear’s public events calendar rather than only as a private hotel amenity\, which indicates it is intended for visitors beyond overnight hotel guests. \nHowever\, the listing does not spell out a formal public-access policy. \nIf you are staying elsewhere in Big Bear and want to attend\, especially with a large group\, calling ahead is a practical way to confirm seating and access. \nIs Latin Night 21 and Over?\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published. \nBecause the gathering takes place at a hotel and may include alcohol service\, normal California alcohol laws will apply to drinks\, but that does not automatically make the entire event 21-and-over. \nFamilies or guests under 21 should check with the venue if age policy is important to their plans. \nParking at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nThe event listing states that parking is available at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton. \nUnlike events in The Village that may require public parking several blocks away\, this one is hosted directly at the hotel property. \nVisitors should follow onsite signs and avoid occupying spaces reserved for hotel guests\, accessible parking\, loading areas\, or other restricted uses. \nIf the event is particularly busy\, hotel staff can provide the best guidance on where non-guests should park. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThis is a casual food-and-entertainment event\, so very little special preparation is required. \n\nPhoto ID if you plan to purchase alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA light jacket or warmer layer for the walk to and from your vehicle\nYour hotel or cabin transportation plan\nAny dietary questions you want to confirm before ordering\n\nBig Bear evenings can cool down quickly even when the daytime weather is mild\, so keeping an extra layer in the car is useful. \nCan You Combine the Event With Other Big Bear Activities?\nYes. The relatively short evening windows make both versions of the event easy to build into a larger itinerary. \nOn Tuesday\, you can spend the day hiking\, sightseeing\, shopping\, or enjoying the lake\, then stop for Taco Tuesday between 5:00 PM and 7:00 PM. \nOn Sunday\, Latin Night provides an evening option after a full day outdoors. \nThe Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites are also located less than two miles from The Village according to Visit Big Bear’s current hotel information\, so visitors can combine the event with shopping\, dining\, or a Village stroll. \nHow to Make a Big Bear Weekend of Latin Night\nFriday: Check Into Your Cabin\nArrive in Big Bear Lake and settle into an A Chalet cabin for the weekend. \nHaving your own kitchen and living space can make the trip feel less structured than staying around a fixed hotel itinerary\, especially for groups or families. \nSaturday: Spend the Day Exploring Big Bear\nUse Saturday for outdoor recreation\, The Village\, Big Bear Lake\, or another seasonal event. \nReturn to your cabin in the evening and enjoy a relaxed night before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Day\nPlan a late breakfast\, afternoon sightseeing\, or a walk before getting ready for Latin Night. \nBecause the event begins at 6:00 PM\, there is plenty of time to enjoy the day first. \nSunday Evening: Head to Latin Night\nArrive at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites for the 6:00 PM-9:00 PM event and enjoy the live DJ atmosphere. \nIf you’re attending specifically for dancing\, confirm the current week’s programming before leaving your cabin. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear weekend. \nHow to Build Taco Tuesday Into a Midweek Getaway\nTaco Tuesday also works well as part of a quieter midweek Big Bear trip. \nArrive Monday or Tuesday\, spend the afternoon exploring\, and head to the Hilton property for the 5:00 PM-7:00 PM Taco Tuesday window. \nAfter dinner\, return to the cabin or continue your evening elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nMidweek travel can also make it easier to build a flexible itinerary without centering the entire trip around one event. \nWhere to Stay for Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for this recurring event because the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites venue is located directly in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor larger groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nStaying in a cabin can be particularly useful for a casual recurring event like this because you can make the evening only one part of your trip. Cook breakfast at the cabin\, spend the day exploring\, head out for tacos or the DJ\, then return to your own mountain home base afterward. \nAlways review the current property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins in Big Bear Lake. \nTips for Booking a Taco Tuesday or Latin Night Getaway\nVerify your specific date. The event is recurring\, but tourism-calendar recurrence fields can contain inconsistencies. \nRemember that Tuesday and Sunday are different experiences. Taco Tuesday is listed from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, while Sunday Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nCall ahead for menu details. Current taco prices and food selections are not publicly listed. \nConfirm age policy if needed. No event-specific age restriction is currently posted. \nStay in Big Bear Lake for convenience. That keeps you close to the event as well as many other popular visitor areas. \nPlan a designated driver if drinking. Do not rely on deciding transportation after the event. \nMake the event part of the trip\, not the entire trip. Its short evening format pairs easily with outdoor recreation\, shopping\, sightseeing\, and relaxing at your cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Taco Tuesday at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nThe current event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Check the current calendar or call the venue to confirm your specific date. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nLatin Night is listed for Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM and features a live DJ. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs There a Cover Charge?\nNo admission or cover charge is currently published. Food and beverages should be expected to cost extra unless a specific promotion says otherwise. \nDo I Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is publicly promoted through Visit Big Bear\, but the listing does not spell out a formal non-guest access policy. Calling ahead is recommended for larger groups or if seating is important. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. \nWhere Should I Stay for Taco Tuesday or Latin Night?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives visitors a convenient base for the event while providing more room to relax\, prepare meals\, and enjoy the rest of a mountain getaway. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your travel dates. \nPlan Your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 offers two easy ways to add a casual evening activity to a Big Bear Lake trip: tacos on Tuesdays from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and a live-DJ Latin Night on Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton at 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, with parking available onsite. Because menu pricing\, cover charges\, age policies\, and individual DJ details are not currently published\, verify those details directly with the venue when they matter to your plans. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace: spend the day outdoors\, stop for tacos or Sunday music\, and return to a comfortable cabin instead of treating the event as a quick turnaround trip. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/taco-tuesday-latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-5/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14074-1791331200-1791331200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-31/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14073-1791331200-1791331200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-21/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261007T193000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14075-1791396000-1791401400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina
DESCRIPTION:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is a recurring Wednesday evening yoga class in Big Bear City designed to help participants connect body and mind through meditative breathing and yoga. Classes run from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314. The class welcomes all experience levels and participants ages 16 and older\, and supplies are listed as available. The current Visit Big Bear listing confirms the Wednesday schedule\, location\, age requirement\, and parking information.  \nThis is a convenient wellness activity for Big Bear residents as well as visitors looking for a slower-paced addition to a mountain trip. Since the class finishes at 7:30 PM\, travelers coming from outside the mountains may find an overnight stay more comfortable than immediately beginning the drive home. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear City\, Big Bear Lake\, and other mountain communities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear yoga getaway. \nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\n\n\nSchedule\nWednesdays\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-7:30 PM\n\n\nLocation\nRanch Clubhouse\n\n\nAddress\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314\n\n\nExperience level\nAll levels welcome\n\n\nAge requirement\nAges 16+\n\n\nSupplies\nSupplies are listed as available\n\n\nAdmission\nNo current price is stated in the published event information\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Ranch Clubhouse\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arrive with enough time to park and prepare before the 6:00 PM start\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear event calendar\n\n\n\nThe current event listing identifies this as a recurring Wednesday class and lists the session from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. It does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming the class is free or that walk-ins are guaranteed.  \nWhat Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina is an evening wellness class centered on yoga and meditative breathing. The event description invites participants to explore the connection between body and mind\, making it a natural fit for visitors who want to balance Big Bear’s more active outdoor experiences with a quieter wellness activity. \nOne of the most useful details for newcomers is that all levels are welcome. You do not need to be an advanced yoga practitioner to consider attending. The published information also sets the minimum age at 16 and states that supplies are available.  \nHatha yoga is generally associated with physical postures and controlled breathing practiced at a deliberate pace. For this particular event\, however\, visitors should rely on Instructor Paulina’s class guidance rather than assuming a specific sequence\, difficulty level\, or teaching format that has not been published. \nThe 90-minute evening schedule can work especially well for couples\, solo travelers\, wellness-focused visitors\, and older teens traveling with family. It can also provide a calmer activity after hiking\, sightseeing\, skiing\, mountain biking\, or spending the day exploring Big Bear. \nWhen and Where Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is scheduled on Wednesdays from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar shows the recurring event continuing across multiple Wednesday dates.  \nThe class takes place at: \nRanch Clubhouse\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\nBig Bear City\, CA 92314 \nIndependent venue information also identifies 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd. as the Big Bear Sports Ranch Clubhouse location\, supporting the published event address.  \nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse. There is no published requirement to arrive a specific number of minutes early\, so visitors should simply allow enough time to park\, enter the venue\, and get situated before the 6:00 PM start.  \nBecause this is a recurring event\, verify that your intended Wednesday session is still scheduled before making a special trip. Event calendars can change\, particularly over a long recurring season. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe published description focuses on two complementary elements: meditative breathing and yoga. The goal is to explore the connection between body and mind rather than presenting the class as a competitive fitness event. \nThe most important confirmed details for first-time participants are: \n\nAll experience levels are welcome.\nParticipants must be age 16 or older.\nSupplies are listed as available.\nThe session lasts 90 minutes.\nThe class takes place indoors at the Ranch Clubhouse.\n\nThe event information does not publish a detailed pose sequence\, class intensity\, instructor biography\, maximum attendance\, or specific list of provided equipment. Those details should not be assumed. \nIf you have an injury\, mobility concern\, or question about whether the session is appropriate for you\, contact the event organizer or venue before participating and follow your own healthcare professional’s guidance where applicable. \nAdmission\, Parking\, and Transportation\nHow Much Does Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina Cost?\nThe current event information does not publish an admission price. It also does not specify a ticketing or reservation requirement. Because those details are not confirmed\, visitors should not assume the class is free. \nCheck the current Visit Big Bear event information before your chosen Wednesday and follow any updated registration instructions that may be added. \nWhere Do You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse.  \nThe venue is in Big Bear City rather than central Big Bear Lake. If you are staying elsewhere in the valley\, check your route before leaving so you arrive before the 6:00 PM class. \nWhat Should Visitors Know About Mountain Driving?\nSince the class is held in the evening\, participants traveling from outside Big Bear should account for mountain road and weather conditions. Conditions can vary considerably across a recurring calendar that spans different seasons. \nCheck the forecast and current road conditions before traveling. In colder months\, allow additional time and make sure you understand any applicable mountain driving or chain requirements before starting your trip. \nWhat Should You Bring to Hatha Yoga?\nThe event listing states that supplies are available\, which is helpful for visitors who do not want to pack yoga equipment for a mountain trip. However\, it does not specify exactly which supplies are provided.  \nA practical personal packing list includes: \n\nComfortable clothing that allows easy movement\nA reusable water bottle\nA light layer for before and after class\nYour own yoga mat if you prefer using familiar equipment\nA small towel if useful for your practice\nAny personal items you normally use for yoga\n\nSince the class begins at 6:00 PM and ends at 7:30 PM\, temperatures may be noticeably cooler when you leave the venue\, particularly later in the year. Keeping an extra layer in your vehicle can make the transition from the warm indoor class to mountain evening conditions more comfortable. \nWho Is This Big Bear Yoga Class Best For?\nThe event is explicitly open to all skill levels\, so it can suit both experienced practitioners and people who are relatively new to yoga.  \nFor couples\, the class can provide a low-key evening activity before returning to a cabin for dinner or relaxation. Solo travelers may appreciate having a structured wellness activity during their visit\, while families traveling with teenagers can consider the class for family members age 16 and older. \nThe class can also fit naturally into an active Big Bear itinerary. A visitor might hike or explore the lake earlier in the day\, return to the cabin to change\, and then attend the evening session rather than scheduling another strenuous outdoor activity. \nBecause no universal accessibility details are currently published for the yoga class itself\, anyone needing specific accommodations should confirm them before attending. \nHow to Make a Wellness Getaway of Your Big Bear Yoga Class\nArrival Day: Settle Into the Mountains\nIf you’re coming from outside Big Bear\, consider arriving earlier on Wednesday or the previous evening. Check into your cabin\, unpack\, and leave enough unscheduled time that you do not have to rush directly from mountain traffic into a yoga session. \nKeep the afternoon simple. A relaxed walk\, a quiet meal\, or time at the cabin can complement the wellness focus of the evening. \nWednesday Evening: Attend Hatha Yoga\nHave an early meal or light snack based on your usual pre-yoga routine\, change into comfortable clothing\, and head to the Ranch Clubhouse with enough time to park and settle in before 6:00 PM. \nThe class finishes at 7:30 PM. Instead of immediately beginning a long drive after an evening session\, an overnight cabin lets you return to your accommodations\, have dinner\, and continue the slower pace of the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Wednesday Big Bear wellness stay. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nA Thursday morning leaves room for another low-key mountain experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, consider a walk\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or a leisurely breakfast before checking out. \nIf you prefer a more active trip\, you can use the morning for an appropriate trail or another seasonal Big Bear activity. Always check current operating conditions and trail information before heading out. \nWhere to Stay for Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\nBecause the class takes place in Big Bear City\, visitors should prioritize accommodations in Big Bear City or another nearby Big Bear community rather than Lake Arrowhead. A Chalet currently lists Big Bear City and Big Bear Lake among its primary destinations.  \nA Chalet’s current cabin collection includes smaller properties as well as multi-bedroom cabins for families and groups. The live collection currently includes one-bedroom\, two- to three-bedroom\, and larger cabin categories.  \nFor a solo wellness traveler or couple\, a smaller cabin can keep the stay simple and comfortable. Families or friends attending together may prefer a property with multiple sleeping areas and more shared space. \nFor example\, Stargazer is currently included in A Chalet’s two- to three-bedroom collection and is listed with six beds and two bathrooms. Pendleton Pines is currently listed with eight beds and two bathrooms\, providing another option for a larger traveling party.  \nVisitors wanting a larger group property can also compare A Chalet’s four- to six-bedroom category. Since inventory and listing details change\, review the current property page for guest capacity\, amenities\, location\, parking\, and house rules before booking.  \nFor a yoga-centered stay\, features such as a kitchen can be particularly useful if you want to prepare a light meal before class or breakfast the following morning. Only rely on an amenity after confirming that it appears on the current listing for your selected property. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Big Bear yoga dates. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Wednesday Yoga Class\nConfirm the class date first. This is a recurring event\, so verify that the Wednesday you plan to attend remains on the current schedule. \nChoose lodging in the Big Bear area. The class is in Big Bear City. Staying in Big Bear City or nearby Big Bear communities is more practical than adding a trip to or from Lake Arrowhead. \nThink about the 7:30 PM finish. If you are traveling a significant distance\, staying Wednesday night can make the evening more relaxed. \nMatch the cabin to your party. A couple may prefer a smaller property\, while friends or family traveling together can compare A Chalet’s multi-bedroom cabins. \nReview the live listing. Property amenities\, occupancy limits\, parking\, pet policies\, and house rules vary and can change. \nConsider arriving early enough to enjoy the destination. Rather than treating yoga as a quick evening stop\, arriving earlier can give you time to settle into the mountain environment before class. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nThe class is listed for Wednesdays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. Because it is recurring\, check the current event calendar before traveling to confirm your chosen date.  \nWhere is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina held?\nThe class takes place at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314.  \nDo I need a ticket or reservation?\nThe currently published event information does not state a ticket price or clearly specify an advance reservation requirement. Check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming walk-in participation. \nIs the class suitable for beginners?\nYes. The event listing specifically states that all levels are welcome.  \nCan children attend the yoga class?\nThe published minimum age is 16+. Travelers with younger children should plan another activity for them rather than assuming they can participate.  \nDo I need to bring a yoga mat?\nThe event information says that supplies are available but does not specify exactly what equipment is supplied. You may want to bring your own mat if you prefer familiar equipment\, or verify what is provided before attending.  \nWhere should I stay for Hatha Yoga in Big Bear City?\nBig Bear City and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical areas for this class. A Chalet offers cabin options ranging from smaller stays to larger multi-bedroom properties. Browse current A Chalet cabin availability for your yoga getaway. \nPlan Your Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 gives Big Bear visitors a chance to add a slower\, wellness-focused experience to a mountain trip. The Wednesday class runs from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse in Big Bear City\, welcomes all levels\, is open to ages 16 and older\, and lists supplies as available.  \nBefore attending\, confirm that your chosen Wednesday remains on the current schedule and check for any updated admission or registration information. Then plan enough time to reach the Ranch Clubhouse without rushing. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, staying overnight can make an evening class easier to enjoy. Arrive earlier in the day\, settle into your cabin\, attend yoga\, return for a quiet evening\, and enjoy another morning in Big Bear before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and find a Big Bear stay for your 2026 Hatha Yoga trip.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/hatha-yoga-with-instructor-paulina-5/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261008T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261008T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14077-1791417600-1791417600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-30/
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR